Trip Dates

Jan 14-20, 2018 (Niseko)

Price

$2850 CAD

Group Size

6 Guests per Guides

Skill Level

Intermediate to Advanced

Related Trips

Ski touring British Columbia
Berner Oberland
Haute Route

Bernie Glacier Chalet, Feb 2018 Ski Touring Lodge Based Ski Weeks Lodge based ski touring weeks in B.C. & Western Canada with Summit Mountain Guides, Bernie Glacier Chalet, Guided ski touring in Canada's Coast Mountains

Trip Dates

February 23 - March 2, 2018

Price

$2300 per person plus tax (all inclusive heli access, guided & catered) *based on group of 11

Group Size

11 guests & 2 guides

Skill Level

Intermediate to Advanced

Related Trips

Berner Oberland Ski Tour
Haute Route Tour

Antarctic Peninsula Ski Touring Ski-Mountaineering Ski touring & ski mountaineering in Western Canada, Europe and Antarctica with Summit Mountain Guides

Trip Dates

November *contact us for next opportunity

Price

Starting at $8,995 US per guest *book early for best price (based on cabin style on ship)

Group Size

4 guests/guides

Skill Level

Intermediate to advance

Related Trips

Ski the European Alps
Ski Traverses
Ski Mountaineering

Mount Waddington Mountaineering Canadian Mountaineering Guided Alpine Climbs in Western Canada & Europe, Guided mountaineering, Guided Alpine Rock by IFMGA guide David Lussier

Trip Dates

Mid July to late August

Price

On inquiry

Group Size

1-2 Guest per Guides

Skill Level

Advanced

Related Trips

Mount Robson
Alpine Rock Climbs
European Mountaineering
Mountaineering Courses

Mount Logan (from Cdn side) Ski Touring Ski-Mountaineering Guided King trench ascent, St-Elias mountains, Yukon, ski touring ascent of Mt.Logan

Trip Dates

May 20*, May 21-June 10, 2018 *pre-trip meeting

Price

$6950 + GST (price based on group of 6) *flight from Canadian side

Group Size

max of 3 guests per guide *small group service

Skill Level

Advanced ski skills with big overnight pack

Related Trips

Mount Waddington
Ski Traverses
Ski the European Alps

Mount Columbia Ski Touring Ski-Mountaineering Ski & Mountaineering ascents of Mount Columbia in the Canadian Rockies with Summit Mountain Guides

Trip Dates

May 5-8, 2018

Price

$1400/person

Group Size

2 guests/guides

Skill Level

Intermediate to Advanced

Related Trips

Mount Waddington
Ski Traverses
Ski the European Alps

Sorcerer Lodge, March 2018 Ski Touring Lodge Based Ski Weeks Lodge based ski touring weeks in B.C. & Western Canada with Summit Mountain Guides, Sorcerer Lodge

Trip Dates

March 25-April 1, 2018

Price

$2400 per person plus tax (all inclusive guided & catered) *based on group of 12

Group Size

12 to people max, 5 to 6 guests per guides

Skill Level

Intermediate to Advanced

Related Trips

Berner Oberland Ski Tour
Haute Route Tour

Mallard Lodge, Feb 17-24, 2019 Ski Touring Lodge Based Ski Weeks Guided ski touring weeks & lodge based trips in B.C. & Western Canada with Summit Mountain Guides

Trip Dates

February 17-24, 2019

Price

$2850 CAD plus 5% tax (all inclusive: helicopter, guided & catered)

Group Size

8

Skill Level

Intermediate to advanced

Related Trips

Berner Oberland
Haute Route

Mount Robson Mountaineering Canadian Mountaineering Mount Robson ascents, guided mountaineering and climbing in western Canada with Summmit Mountain Guides

Trip Dates

Aug 7-11, 2017

Price

$3300 for 1 person or $1975/person for group of 2 (plus helicopter fees)

Group Size

1 to 2 guests per guides

Skill Level

Intermediate to Advanced

Related Trips

Mount Waddington
Alpine Rock Climbs
European Mountaineering
Mountaineering Courses

Canadian Rockies Ice Climbing Ice Climbing Daily Guided Ice Climbing Guided ice climbing in the Candian Rockies, Banff, Lake Louise, Jasper, National Parks, ACMG - IFMGA mountain guides and ice guides

Trip Dates

Custom 2 to 4 day programs based on guide availability late Nov thru Feb.  Please book well in advance.

Price

Base Guide Rate: $450 / day Max group size: add $75 / day for each person up to 2 for guiding & $50/ day for each person, up to 4 for instruction

Group Size

1 to 2, route dependent

Skill Level

Beginner to Advanced

Related Trips

Intro to Ice Climbing Course
Canadian Mountaineering
Alpine Rock

Avalanche Skills Level 1 (AST 1) Courses Avalanche Training Avalanche Course Nelson, AST 1 & AST 2

Trip Dates

Dec. 2-3, 2017
Dec. 9-10+, 2017
Dec. 16-17+, 2017
Jan. 6-7+, 2018
Jan. 27-28+, 2018
Feb. 17-18, 2018
March 10-11, 2018
AST + days follow the new Managing Avalanche Terrain (MAT) curriculum. Plus days are available on all following Mondays for most courses, contact us for more info

Price

2 day program: $220* per person plus tax includes avalanche course book*, avaluator*, AST 1 cert*, CAA fee*, ( $231 including gst tax) 3 day program:$345 per person plus tax AST 1 plus program incudes extra field day , ( $362.25 including gst tax)

Group Size

Maximum of 8, Minimum of 6

Skill Level

Beginner to Intermediate (*see prerequisites)

Related Trips

Intro to Backcountry Ski Touring
AST Level 2
Nelson Classics
Companion Rescue Skills

Avalanche Skills Level 2 (AST 2) Courses Avalanche Training Companion Rescue, AST 2, CAA, Rogers Pass, Advanced Avalanche Skills Training

Trip Dates

Jan. 4*, 5-7, 2018, Nelson
Jan. 19*, 20-22, 2018, Nelson
Feb. 16*,17-19, 2018, Nelson
Mar. 9*,10-12, 2018, Nelson
*early evening session
~custom dates for groups of 6-8

Price

$435 per person ($456.75 including gst tax) *hut/lodge/Revelstoke or Golden town based custom course $635 plus additional group hut/accommodation or lift costs

Group Size

Maximum of 6 to 8 participants per instructor (hut trip may have smaller numbers, terrain dependent)

Skill Level

Beginner to Intermediate Backcountry Skills / Intermediate to Advanced Ski Skills

Related Trips

Intro to Backcountry Ski Touring
AST 1
Nelson Classics
Companion Rescue Skills

Companion Rescue Skills Courses Avalanche Training Avalanche Skills Training,

Trip Dates

++Dec. 4, 2016
Jan.25, 2017*combine with AST 2 for 4 day program
Custom dates available on request.

Price

$110/ person ($115.50 including gst tax)

Group Size

Maximum of 8, Min group size 6

Skill Level

Intermediate ski touring skills

Related Trips

Intro to Backcountry Ski Touring
AST Level 2
Nelson Classics
AST 1

Introduction to Backpacking Hiking & Trekking Courses Hiking & Trekking Courses Backcountry camping course, introduction to alpine camping, Kokanee Glacier, Monica Meadows, Gwilliam Lakes, Whitewater Canyon, McKeen Lakes, Mt. Loki, Silverspray, Mt.Gimli

Trip Dates

Contact for specific date for custom group, hut or tent based available.


Also see Natural History & Ecology and Navigation Skills for complete comprehensive hiker training

Price

$595 / person

Group Size

1 instructor to 6 participants

Skill Level

Beginner to intermediate, route dependent

Related Trips

Glacier Hikes
Daily Guided Alpine Hikes
Treks & Traverses

Navigation in the Mountains Courses Hiking & Trekking Courses map and compass course, digital navigation course

Trip Dates

Available year around

Price

$95/person Nav 1/Nav 2 $145 /person Nav 3 *based on group size of 8

Group Size

1:12 on Nav 1/2 and 1:8 on Nav 3

Skill Level

beginner (navigation 1) to intermediate (navigation 2/3)

Related Trips

Introduction to Backcountry Camping

Natural History & Ecology Hiking & Trekking Courses Hiking & Trekking Courses natural history, interpretive course

Trip Dates

Dates on demand June through August

intro to backpacking course also has many navigation lessons, see link below also see navigation for a comprehensive hiker training

Price

$195/person

Group Size

1:8

Skill Level

beginner to intermediate

Related Trips

Guided Ecology Hikes

Off-Trail Trekking Hiking & Trekking Treks & Traverses Hiking Treks, Backpacking, Valhalla Traverse, Glory Basin, Mt. Gimli, Nelson, West Kootenay, B.C., Rockies

Trip Dates

Custom dates on demand for small groups, July through September ideal. Traverse location and goals can be adapted.

Price

$625 per person, 3 day program $795 per person, 4 day program *based on 4 people

Group Size

1:6 maximum

Skill Level

Moderate to Advanced

Related Trips

Overnight Alpine Hikes
Snow & Ice Course
Introduction to Mountaineering
Glacier Hikes
On Trail Traverses

On-Trail Traverses Hiking & Trekking Treks & Traverses Hiking Treks, Backpacking, Valhalla Traverse, Earl Grey Traverse, Nelson, West Kootenay, B.C., Rockies

Trip Dates

Custom dates on demand for small groups, July through September ideal. 

Price

$595 per person, 3 field day program AND $695 per person, 4 field day program *based on 4 people

Group Size

1:6 maximum

Skill Level

Beginner to Advanced

Related Trips

Overnight Alpine Hikes
Off Trail Trekking
Glacier Hikes
Daily Guided Hikes
Introduction to Backpacking Course

Glacier Hikes Hiking & Trekking Backpacking Guided Glacier Treks, Kokannee Glacier Park, Nelson, Kaslo, New Denver

Trip Dates

Custom dates on demand for small groups, late June through September ideal.

Price

$595 per person, 3 day program

Group Size

1:5 maximum

Skill Level

Beginner to Advanced

Related Trips

Overnight Alpine Hikes
Snow & Ice Course
Introduction to Mountaineering
Off Trail Trekking
Introduction to Backpacking Course

Overnight Alpine Hikes Hiking & Trekking Backpacking Kokanee Glacier, Monica Meadows, Gwilliam Lakes, Whitewater Canyon, McKeen Lakes, Mt. Loki, Silverspray, Mt.Gimli

Trip Dates

Custom dates on demand for small groups, July through September ideal.

Price

$295/ person for 2 day; $395 for 3 day, $525 for 4 day program (based on group of 4)

Group Size

1:6 maximum

Skill Level

Beginner to Advanced, route dependent

Related Trips

Glacier Hikes
Daily Guided Alpine Hikes
Treks & Traverses
Introduction to Backpacking Course

Introduction to Mountaineering Courses Mountaineering Courses Horseshoe Glacier, Kokanee Glacier, Whitewater Glacier, Mountaineering Skills Course

Trip Dates

July 14-17, 2017 Tantalus Range
*rock day only on 4 day courses
*custom course dates on request

Price

$1045/person 4 day program plus $300 for return helicopter access

Group Size

6 students/instructors Nelson based; 4 students/instructor at Asulkan

Skill Level

Beginner to Intermediate

Related Trips

Snow & Ice Focus
Advanced Mountaineering course
Mountaineering Skills Series
Glacier Hikes

Advanced Mountaineering Courses Mountaineering Courses Mountaineering courses and guiding with Summit Mountain Guides in Western Canada and Nelson BC. Crevasse rescue, ice climbing, alpine climbing, bugaboos, valhallas, purcells

Trip Dates

July 14-17, 2017 Roger Pass
Custom 4 to 5 day programs available June through August, guide availability dependent; hut or tent based.

Price

$1195/person for four day program

Group Size

3 students / instructor

Skill Level

Intermediate to Advanced

Related Trips

Rock Climbing Courses
Mountaineering Skills Series
Guided Mountaineering
Introduction to Mountaineering
Snow & Ice Focus

Snow & Ice Focus Courses Mountaineering Courses Mountaineering guiding & courses in Western CanadaCrevasse Rescue, Alpine Climbing, Kokanee Glacier Park, Woodbury Glacier, Rogers Pass

Trip Dates

July 14-17, 2017 Roger Pass
Custom dates and locations available June - Sept.

Price

3 day program $775/person *$50 additional in national park

Group Size

6 students/instructors on skills days & 3 to 1 on ascent day

Skill Level

Intermediate

Related Trips

Rock Climbing Courses
Advanced Mountaineering course
Guided Mountaineering
Glacier Hiking

Crevasse Rescue Courses Mountaineering Courses Guided mountaineering & courses in Western Canada & the Alps, Crevasse rescue, glacier travel, anchors

Trip Dates

May 28, 2017
June 4, 2017 (KMC group)

Price

$115/skills day (1:6 ratio), $130/skills day (1:5 ratio), $150/skills day (1:4 ratio)

Group Size

6 students/instructors

Skill Level

Beginner to Advanced

Related Trips

Rock Rescue
Rock Climbing Courses
Advanced Mountaineering course
Guided Mountaineering

Day Skills Series Courses Mountaineering Courses Guided mountaineering & courses in Western Canada, Crevasse rescue, glacier travel, ice anchors

Trip Dates

May 27, 2017 Skills #1
June 3, 2017 Skills #1 (KMC)
May 28, 2017 Skills #2
June 4, 2017 Skills #2 (KMC)
Custom dates, specific skill request & locations on demand June through September

Price

$115/skills day (1:6 ratio), $130/skills day (1:5 ratio), $150/skills day (1:4 ratio)

Group Size

6 students/instructors

Skill Level

Beginner to Advanced

Related Trips

Rock Rescue
Rock Climbing Courses
Advanced Mountaineering course
Guided Mountaineering

Nelson & Castlegar Rock Rock Climbing Daily Guided Rock Climbing multi-pitch climbing in Nelson, outdoor rock climbing, professional rock guiding in West Kootenays, B.C.

Trip Dates

April to October

Price

Full day Cost based on ratio 1:4 $140, 1:3 $170, 1:2 $225, 1:1 $400 Half day Cost is based on ratio 1:4 $105, 1:3 $125, 1:2 $163, 1:1 $275

Group Size

Reduced rates for organized group of 4+; up to 6 people *mulit-pitch routes max 2-3 guests

Skill Level

All levels welcome

Related Trips

More Guided Rock Climbing
Rock Climbing Courses
Alpine Rock
Canadian Mountaineering

Canadian Rockies Rock Climbing Rock Climbing Daily Guided Rock Climbing Guided rock climbing in the Canadian Rockies, Banff, Lake Louise & Jasper. National Parks, ACMG - IFMGA mountain guides and rock guides

Trip Dates

June to September (on demand)

Price

Full day Base guide rate $450

Group Size

Reduced rates for organized group of 4+; up to 6 people *mulit-pitch routes max 2-3 guests

Skill Level

All levels welcome

Related Trips

Squamish Rock Climbing
Rock Climbing Courses
Alpine Rock
Canadian Mountaineering

Squamish Rock Climbing Rock Climbing Daily Guided Rock Climbing

Trip Dates

April to October

Price

Full day Base guide rate $450

Group Size

Reduced rates for organized group of 4+; up to 6 people *mulit-pitch routes max 2-3 guests

Skill Level

All levels welcome

Related Trips

Canadian Rockies Rock Climbing
Rock Climbing Courses
Alpine Rock
Canadian Mountaineering

Skaha & other BC Rock Climbing Rock Climbing Daily Guided Rock Climbing

Trip Dates

April to October

Price

Full day Base guide rate $450

Group Size

Reduced rates for organized group of 4+; up to 6 people *mulit-pitch routes max 2-3 guests

Skill Level

All levels welcome

Related Trips

More Guided Rock Climbing
Rock Climbing Courses
Alpine Rock
Canadian Mountaineering

Mount Waddington (NW Summit) Ski Touring Ski-Mountaineering Ski Mountaineering

Trip Dates

May 5-11, 2018

Price

$3500 plus gst (based on group of three or six)

Group Size

3 Guests per Guides

Skill Level

Intermediate to Advanced

Related Trips

Ski the European Alps
Ski Traverses
Lake Louise Ski Tours

Cathedral Glacier Basecamp Ski Touring Ski-Mountaineering Guided Ski touring and Ski Mountaintaineering in Western Canada and Europe with Summit Mountain Guides

Trip Dates

May 5-11, 2018

Price

$3400 CAD

Group Size

3 guests per guides

Skill Level

Advanced

Related Trips

Lodge Based Ski Touring
Ski the European Alps
Ski Mountaineering

Gimli Peak-South ridge, III 5.10a Mountaineering Alpine Rock Rock Climbing Valhalla Provincial Park, Nelson rock climbing, alpine journal, guided peak ascents with summit mountain guides

Trip Dates

June 24&25, 2017
July 8&9, 2017
Aug 19&20, 2017

*custom dates available

Price

1 Day Ascent 1:1 $500 or 1:2 @ $275pp, 1.5 Day Program 1:1 $825 or 1:2 @ $440pp

Group Size

Maximum of 2 guests/guide

Skill Level

Intermediate to Advanced

Related Trips

Guided Rock Climbing
Bugaboo Alpine Rock Climbs
Guided Mountaineering

Valhalla Alpine Rock Mountaineering Alpine Rock Guided Alpine Rock Climbs in Valhalla Provincial Park, Gimli Peak, Midguard Peak, Asguard Peak, Gladsheim Peak, Wolves Ears, Presley Peaks, etc.

Trip Dates

July 22-24, 2017
3-4 day programs available

Custom dates on demand.

Price

3 Day Guided Program for 1:3 ratio is $695/person, for 1:2 ratio is $850person for private is $1500 For additional days add $200 pp for group of 3, $275 pp for group of 2 or $500 for private

Group Size

1 guide / 2 or 3 guests maximum (guest skills/experience & route dependent)

Skill Level

Beginner to Advanced, Route dependent

Related Trips

Gimli peak, South ridge, III 5.10a
Bugaboo Alpine Rock Climbing
Guided Mountaineering
Courses

Bugaboo Alpine Rock Mountaineering Alpine Rock Bugaboo Alpine Climbing, Mountaineering Course

Trip Dates

July 14-17, 2017 Hut based  
August 18-21, 2017 Hut based


*custom dates July - Sept.

Price

3 Day Guided Program for 1:2 ratio is $1095/person for private is $1695 For additional days add $300 per person for group of 2 or $450 for private

Group Size

1 guide / 2 or 3 guests maximum (Easy Routes 1:3 , Moderate 1:2 or 1:1, Advanced 1:1)

Skill Level

Beginner to Advanced, Route dependent

Related Trips

Valhalla Alpine Rock Climbing
Gimli peak, South ridge, III 5.10a
Chamonix Alpine Rock Climbing
Guided Mountaineering
Courses

Rogers Pass Alpine Rock Mountaineering Alpine Rock Guided alpine ascents and mountaineering in Western Canada and Rogers Pass with Summit Mountain Guides

Trip Dates

July 29-31, 2017
Custom dates July to Sept.

Price

Two Day Program based on ratio:1:2 $695pp, 1:1 $1045 *add days 1:2 $300, 1:1 $450

Group Size

1 guest or 2 guests per guide, depending on route and guests skills & experience

Skill Level

Beginner to Advanced

Related Trips

Bugaboo Alpine Rock
Valhalla Alpine Rock Climbing
Gimli peak, South ridge, III 5.10a
Chamonix Alpine Rock Climbing
Guided Mountaineering
Courses

Kokanee Glacier Alpine Mountaineering Alpine Rock Kokanee Glacier Provincial Park, Nelson Alpine Climbs, Silversrapy and Woodbury Alpine Club of Canada Huts

Trip Dates

July to September
*alpine day trips from Nelson on request, guide dependent

Price

1 Day Ascent $295/person for 2 people ($495 private); 2 Day Program $425/person for 3 people, $495/person for 2 people ($895 private) ; For additional days add $200 pp for group of 3; $225 pp for group of 2 or $400 for private.

Group Size

1 guide / 2 or 3 guests maximum (skills & route dependent)

Skill Level

Beginner to Advanced, Route dependent

Related Trips

Gimli peak, South ridge, III 5.10a
Bugaboo Alpine Rock Climbing
Guided Mountaineering
Courses
Valhalla Alpine Rock

Chamonix Alpine Mountaineering Alpine Rock Guiding in Chamonix

Trip Dates

Custom dates June through September

Price

Starting at 320 euro / day

Group Size

1 guide / 2 or 3 guests maximum (skills & route dependent)

Skill Level

Beginner to Advanced, Route dependent

Related Trips

Valhalla Alpine Rock Climbing
Gimli peak, South ridge, III 5.10a
Guided Mountaineering
Courses

Intro to Ice Climbing Ice Climbing Courses Ice Climbing Courses

Trip Dates

December 4-6, 2016
December 27-29, 2016

Custom dates/short program avail.

Price

Two Day Program 1:4 ratio $300/person, 1:3 $400/person, 1:2 $500 per person 3rd Day Guided climb 1:2 $250/person, 1:1 $450/person *plus gst

Group Size

Maximum of 4 per instructor; Maximum of 2 per guide on 3rd day

Skill Level

Beginner & Intermediate

Related Trips

Canadian Rockies Ice Climbing

Introduction to Touring Courses Backcountry Ski Touring New to Backcountry Touring, Instruction for Ski Touring

Trip Dates

March 5th, 2017
Other dates available

Price

Cost is based on ratio 1:5 $150 per person,1:4 $170, 1:3 $200, 1:2 $265, 1:1 $450 plus 5% tax *includes ALL needed avalanche equipment, does NOT include touring equipment

Group Size

Maximum of 6

Skill Level

Beginner Back country Skiers or New to Back country (must be competent skiers)

Related Trips

Nelson Classics
Avalanche Skills Level 1
Avalanche Skills Level 2
Whitewater Powder Package

Advanced Hikes & Treks Hiking & Trekking Favorite Hiking Trails Guided Hiking, Nelson, Kaslo, New Denver, Nakusp, B.C., Glacier Keyhole, MacBeth Icefield, Mulvey Basin, Whitewater Pass, Kokanee Glacier, Goat and Valhalla Provincial Parks

Trip Dates

late June to early October

Price

$300 per day private guiding (1 or 2 people) Add $50/person

Group Size

Maximum of 8

Skill Level

Advanced

Related Trips

Daily Guided Hikes
Treks & Traverses
Glacier Hikes
Overnight Alpine Hikes
Snow & Ice Course

Moderate Hikes Hiking & Trekking Favorite Hiking Trails Monica Meadows, Jumbo Pass, Gimli Peak, Gwillam Lakes, Valhalla Provincial Park, Kokanee Glacier, Guided Hiking and Backpacking, Nelson, Kaslo, New Denver, Nakusp, B.C.

Trip Dates

Early June to October

Price

$300 for 2 people full day program (add $50/person additional) $150 per half day program (add $25/person additional)

Group Size

Maximum of 8

Skill Level

Intermediate to Advanced

Related Trips

Daily Guided Hikes
Treks & Traverses
Overnight Alpine Hikes
Interpretive Walks & Hikes

Easy Walks Hiking & Trekking Favorite Hiking Trails

Trip Dates

Early June to October

Price

$300 for 2 people full day program (add $50/person additional) $150 per half day program (add $25/person additional)

Group Size

Maximum of 8

Skill Level

Beginner to Intermediate

Related Trips

Daily Guided Hikes
Overnight Alpine Hikes
Interpretive Walks & Hikes

Alpine Hiking Hiking & Trekking Daily Guided Hikes

Trip Dates

mid-June to early October
*available daily on demand

Price

$120 per person *based on 4-5 people $400 per day (1 or 2 people)

Group Size

Maximum of 8

Skill Level

Beginner to Advanced

Related Trips

Glacier Hikes
Treks & Traverses
Overnight Alpine Hikes
Interpretive Walks & Hikes

Heli-drop Hiking Hiking & Trekking Daily Guided Hikes

Trip Dates

June to early October
*available daily on demand

Price

Starting at $390 per person Dependent on location & group size

Group Size

Maximum of 4

Skill Level

Intermediate to Advanced

Related Trips

Guided Ecology Hikes Hiking & Trekking Interpretive Walks interpretive hikes, easy walks in the Kootenays

Trip Dates

mid-May to early October
*available daily on demand

Price

Full day $90 per person, $300 per day (1 or 2 people) Half day $50 per person, $150 (1 or 2 people) *group rate based on 4-5 people

Group Size

Maximum of 8

Skill Level

Beginner to Advanced

Related Trips

Overnight Alpine Hikes
Daily Guided Hikes
Natural History Course

Valhalla Traverse Ski Touring Ski Traverses

Trip Dates

March 31*, 1-7, 2017
*pre-trip meeting

Price

$2395 pp based on a group of 4

Group Size

5 Guests per Guides

Skill Level

Advanced

Related Trips

Kokanee Glacier Ski Traverse
Lodge Based Ski Touring
Ski the European Alps

Introduction to Rock Climbing Rock Climbing Courses Rock Climbing Courses Rock climbing courses and mountain guiding in Western Canada, Nelson BC & Castlegar BC

Trip Dates

May 6, 13 & 20, 2017
June 3 & 10, 2017
June 17, 2017 KMC group
Custom Day Programs April to October *daily bookings by request *shorter day 8 am-12:30 pm or 11:30-4 pm available at 2/3 cost (meet 1/2 hr prior)

School Programs May, June, Sept.
Learn to Climb Program (1 to 3 days) Climb team 1:6,  max of 10-12 students (age dependent), require 2 adults, for larger groups half day rotations


Price

Cost is based on ratio, per person is: 1:6 $95; 1:5 $110 ,1:4 $125, 1:3 $150, 1:2 $200, 1:1 $350 plus 5% tax *all technical gear (helmet, shoes, harness) provided

Group Size

Maximum 1:6 ratio, depending on age (12 & under may need parent participation, youth programs require extra adults)

Skill Level

Beginner to Intermediate kids as young as six can climb, request a family program

Related Trips

Advanced Rock Climbing Courses
Daily Guided Rock Climbing
Alpine Rock Climbing

Advanced Rock Skills Training Courses Rock Climbing Courses Advanced rock climbing instruction and mountain guiding in Western Canada & in Nelson B.C.

Trip Dates

May 6, Skill #1
May 13, Skill #2
May 20, Skill #3
June 3 & 10, pick a skill!
 
Custom dates on demand from May to October.

Price

$125 per skill day (price based on group of 4)

Group Size

Maximum 1:4 ratio

Skill Level

Intermediate to Advanced

Related Trips

Rock Rescue
Daily Guided Rock Climbing
Alpine Rock
Canadian Mountaineering

Rock Transition Rock Climbing Courses Rock Climbing Courses Rock climbing guides and instruction in Nelson BC. & Western Canada

Trip Dates

April 29, 2017
May 14 & 21, 2017
June 4 & 11, 2017
June 18, 2017 KMC course
*Other dates on demand from May to October.

Price

Cost is based on ratio, per person is: 1:6 $95; 1:5 $110 ,1:4 $125, 1:3 $150, 1:2 $200, 1:1 $350 plus 5% tax

Group Size

1 guide: 6 students Depending on age (12 & under may need parent participation, youth programs require extra adults)

Skill Level

Beginner to Intermediate gym climber

Related Trips

Intro to Rock
Advance Rock
Rock Rescue
Daily Guided Rock Climbing

Rock Rescue Rock Climbing Courses Rock Climbing Courses

Trip Dates

September 2, 2017
September 24, 2017
*see advanced rock for other rock skill training programs.

Price

$125 / person (based on group of 4)

Group Size

4 students per instructors

Skill Level

Intermediate to Advanced

Related Trips

Advance Rock Climbing Courses
Daily Guided Rock Climbing
Alpine Rock
Canadian Mountaineering

Bonnington Traverse Ski Touring Ski Traverses Bonnington Ski Traverse, Hut to Hut ski traverse

Trip Dates

Custom dates available

Price

$795/person for 4 day tour, $995/person for 3 day (includes heli-drop costs, based on group of four)

Group Size

Maximum of 4 or 5 (hut dependent)

Skill Level

Beginner to Intermediate

Related Trips

Nelson Classic
Intro to Backcountry Ski Touring
Avalanche Training (AST 1 & 2)

Kokanee Glacier Traverse Ski Touring Ski Traverses

Trip Dates

April 3*, April 4-7, 2017
*pre-trip meeting

Price

$1995 / based on group of 4

Group Size

5 Guests per Guides

Skill Level

Intermediate to Advanced

Related Trips

Wapta Ice Fields Traverse Ski Touring Ski Traverses Lake Louise, Canadian Rockies Ski Guide

Trip Dates

April 18-21, 2017
*custom 5 to 6 day programs available

Price

$995 plus gst, 4 day tour *additional days add $245/person

Group Size

5 Guests per Guide

Skill Level

All levels welcome

Related Trips

Ski Roger Pass
Ski Traverses
Ski the European Alps
Ski Mountaineering

Haute Route Ski Touring Ski the European Alps Chamonix to Zermatt Ski Tour

Trip Dates

April 7, 2018 Vallée Blanche option
April 8-14, 2018

Price

$2400 Cdn via Verbier, $2500 Cdn via Valsory *costs based on group of 5 *see inclusion/exclusion below

Group Size

Maximum of 10 participants 1 to 5 Guide to Guests ratio

Skill Level

Intermediate to Advanced

Related Trips

Berner Oberland
Monte Rosa Ski Peaks
Lake Louise Ski Tours
Rogers Pass

Nelson & Rossland Area Ski Touring Daily Guided Ski Touring Backcountry skiing in Nelson & Rossland, B.C., Canada, Whitewater Backcountry, Kootenay Pass

Trip Dates

Dates available December-early April *if possible book well in advance

Price

Cost is based on ratio 1:5 $125 per person,1:4 $145, 1:3 $175, 1:2 $240, 1:1 $425 plus 5% tax *shorter sampler guided day 8 am-12:30 pm or 11:30-4 pm available at 2/3 cost (meet 1/2 hr prior)

Group Size

Maximum 6 guests/guides

Skill Level

Beginner to Advanced Touring

Related Trips

Intro to Backcountry Ski Touring
Ski Traverses
Heli Access Ski Touring
Whitewater Powder Package

Roger’s Pass Ski Tours Ski Touring Daily Guided Ski Touring

Trip Dates

Custom dates available

Price

Day Trips 1:5 $130,1:4 $150, 1:3 $185, 1:2 $250, 1:1 $450 Hut based programs depends on ratio/add on's for 3 or 4 day program, range from $675 to $975/person

Group Size

Maximum 5 to 6 guests/guide (depending on guest skill/experience)

Skill Level

Intermediate to Advanced, good fitness and ability to climb (800 m ascents)

Related Trips

Ski Traverses
Ski the European Alps
Nelson Classics
Lake Louise Ski Tours

Lake Louise Ski Tours Ski Touring Daily Guided Ski Touring Lake Louise, Canadian Rockies Ski Guide

Trip Dates

Custom tours available on demand January through April

Price

Day Trips 1:5 $130,1:4 $150, 1:3 $185, 1:2 $250, 1:1 $450 Hut based programs depends on ratio/add on's for 3 to 5 day program

Group Size

Maximum 5 or 6 guests/guide

Skill Level

Intermediate to Advanced

Related Trips

Ski Roger Pass
Ski Traverses
Ski the European Alps
Ski Mountaineering

Heli-Access Ski Tours Ski Touring Daily Guided Ski Touring Heli access ski touring in the Selkirk and Purcell mountains with Summit Mountain Guides

Trip Dates

By custom bookings December through April

Price

Guide base rate depends on group size1:4 $145, 1:3 $175, 1:2 $250, 1:1 $450 per person PLUS additional *group of four helicopter group costs range from $600 (Ymir drop) to $1200 and up to $2400 depending on helicopter size AND if drop only or return pick up *rates vary depending on drop location

Group Size

Maximum of 4 guests per guides

Skill Level

Intermediate to advanced ski touring ability

Related Trips

Nelson Classics
Lodge Based Ski Weeks
Ski the European Alps

Kootenay Powder Package Ski Touring Daily Guided Ski Touring Vacation Ski Pacakge, Backcountry skiing in Nelson, B.C., Canada, Whitewater Slackcountry, Rossland Backcountry, Red Mountain Skiing

Trip Dates

Available mid-December to mid-March by request *book well in advance 

Price

Guide cost is based on ratio 1:5 $125 per person,1:4 $145, 1:3 $175, 1:2 $240, 1:1 $425 plus tax & plus lift costs, price depends on ski resort location

Group Size

Maximum 6 guests/guide

Skill Level

Beginner to Advanced Touring Experience

Related Trips

Intro to Backcountry Ski Touring
Ski Traverses
Heli Access Ski Touring
Nelson Classics

Berner Oberland Ski Touring Ski the European Alps

Trip Dates

April 15-21, 2018

Price

$2250/person (cost based group of 4)

Group Size

8 Participant Maximum 1 to 4 Guide to Guests ratio

Skill Level

Intermediate to Advanced

Related Trips

Haute Route
Monte Rosa Ski Peaks
Lake Louise Ski Tours
Rogers Pass

Monte Rosa Ski Peaks Ski Touring Ski the European Alps

Trip Dates

April 15-21, 2018

Price

$2395/person for group of three, $3295/person for group of two

Group Size

Maximum 6 participants, 3 to 1 Guest to Guide ratio

Skill Level

Intermediate to Advanced

Related Trips

Haute Route
Berner Oberland
Lake Louise Ski Tours
Rogers Pass

Jumbo Glacier Traverse Ski Touring Ski Traverses Jumbo Pass, Jumbo Peak, Jumbo Wild, Ski Traverse, Purcell Mountains, Glacier Ski Touring

Trip Dates

April 10-16, 2017
April 9th pre-trip mtg

Price

$2400 pp based on group of 4, for different group size Contact us

Group Size

4 guests per guide

Skill Level

Advanced

Related Trips

Wapta Icefield Traverse
Haute Route (Chamonix-Zermatt)
Ski Mountaineering

Backcountry Basecamp Ski Touring Ski Traverses Guided ski touring and backcountry basecamps with Summit Mountain Guides in Western Canada

Trip Dates

Freshfield Icefield Basecamp
April 25-30, 2017

Price

$2400 (based on group of 4)

Group Size

Maximum of 5 Guests per Guides

Skill Level

Intermediate to Advanced

Related Trips

Lodge Based Ski Touring
Ski the European Alps
Ski Mountaineering

Japan Powder, Jan 14-20, 2018

Deep powder & a unique mountain culture in the land of the rising sun...

Japan is known for its deep low density powder and perfectly spaced birch forests. The amazing hot-spring network & incredible food also contribute to the uniqueness of this cultural ski experience. Join us and explore this mythical ski paradise as we return to Hokkaido in Jan 2018.

Hokkaido is the Northern island of Japan, David will be running two separate trips (Niseko & Furano) this coming Jan 2018. The focus will be on sampling backcountry terrain near the various local ski resorts and road access venues. Our daily excursions will include a mixture of classic open birch forest skiing along with open alpine terrain with possible ski peaks.

Itinerary

Both trips are exciting 6day programs. We will be staying at a B & B in the valley from where we will be doing ski touring day trips nearby various ski resorts and road accessible venues. We will drive you in a Van to and from the various touring locations, all venues range from a 20 to 50 minute drive.

Venues in the Niseko area include:

  • Nito & Iwao areas
  • Chisenupuri
  • Mount Yotei
  • Mount Shiribetsu-dake
  • Kiroro Backcountry

Venues in the Furano area include:

  • Asahi Dake
  • Furano-Nishi
  • Mt Sahoro
  • Kamui backcountry
  • Tokachi-Dake
  • Kurodake Backcountry
  • Mt Tomamu

Prerequisites

Advanced downhill skills preferred, previous powder ski touring experience required.

Equipment

Click Here for Equipment List

Weather

Japan’s weather is generally mild and wet as it is a maritime climate. In the mountains however, mid winter daytime temperatures will over between -7C & -12C.

Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days. Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation can change within the day. 

Location

Niseko & Furano are located on the North Island of Hokkaido. It is about a 2hrs drive West of the city of Sapporo to Niseko & 2hrs East of Sapporo to Furano by Vehicle. Sapporo (CTS) is the place to fly to. From North America, it takes 2days to fly to Sapporo however, it is possible to return to North America in 1day after your trip. Transportation options from the airport to Niseko or Furano include; shuttles (private or public) and regional train.

Services Included

  • Pre-trip planning support
  • Fully certified IFMGA/ACMG guide service
  • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)
  • 6 nights accommodation at a B & B
  • All ground transportation from Niseko or Furano to various ski venues
  • All one way lift rides
  • Breakfasts

Not included in price:

  • Personal ski and avalanche safety equipment
  • Accommodation or transport before or after the trip
  • Lunches and Dinners
  • Gratuities
  • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

FAQ

Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

There are a few outdoor stores in Niseko and Furano that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment however ski touring rentals here are limited. We can provides some avalanche equipment if needed,  please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented in Nelson prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. On this touring weeks, guests must be using a split board system as snowshoes are limiting for group travel.

Bernie Glacier Chalet, Feb 2018

An unparalleled backcountry lodge experience in the central Coast Mountains of British Columbia...

Discover a remote ski touring paradise from the comfort of a modern mountain lodge. Located at 1100m in the Howson Range near Smithers, the Bernie Glacier Chalet an ideal base for exploring this rugged part of BC’s Coast Mountains.

The ski terrain near the chalet includes a mixture of broken glaciers, high alpine slopes, ski peaks, along with some great tree skiing. There are plenty of varied & interesting tours available for a solid fun week. Join Summit Mountain Guides on this fully guided & catered week long trip Feb 23 to Mar 2, 2018.

Itinerary

The Feb 23 to Mar 2, 2018 week is a Friday to Friday program. We will be flying-in by helicopter to the Chalet from a staging area near Smithers. All guests are responsible for their own transportation before and after the trip, we can recommend the Stork Nest Inn as a good base before and after.

Once at the chalet, our daily routine will be to explore the diverse terrain on skis as day trips with a small pack. We will enjoy spectacular scenery and return to the comforts of the chalet by mid to late afternoon.

Prerequisites

This ski week is suitable for intermediate to advanced levels, ideally we will match people into similar skill groups. You must have prior day ski touring experience and be able to link turn in variable snow conditions.

Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability. 

Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of tour or equipment would suit you best.

Equipment

Weather

Mountain weather can vary drastically.  In winter you can expect temperatures to be from -15C to –5C in the day while in spring daily temperatures could rise well above zero. 

Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation can change within the day. 

Location

Bernie Glacier Chalet is located at 1100m in the Howson Range in the central Coast Mountains 50km Southwest of Smithers BC. Smithers is a fine mountain town located on the East side of the central Coast Mountains, it is a 4 hour drive West of Prince George along highway 16.

There is a regional airport in Smithers with daily flights from Vancouver. It is also possible to fly into the regional Prince George airport from Vancouver and rent a vehicle for the drive to Smithers.

Services Included

  • Pre-trip planning support
  • Fully certified IFMGA/ACMG guide service
  • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)
  • Helicopter flight in/out of lodge
  • Cook and Gourmet Meals

Not included in price:

  • Personal ski and avalanche safety equipment
  • Accommodation or transport prior to meeting location
  • 5% gst
  • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

FAQ

Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

There are a few outdoor stores in Smithers that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.  We can provides some avalanche equipment if needed.

Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented in Nelson prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. We recommend this system to advanced snowboarder over snowshoeing.

Antarctic Peninsula

Ski touring Antarctica is the ultimate "last frontier" experience...

SMG is excited to have teamed up with ice axe expedition to offer this trip of a lifetime. Ski-touring on the antarctic peninsula will provide a unique opportunity to scale & ski some of the white continent’s untamed peaks. We will journey deep into the rugged landscape of one of earth’s last frontiers while enjoying the convenience, safety and comfort of the Sea Adventurer expedition ship. To access this remote venue, we will sail past Cape Horn, across the Drake Passage and along the Antarctic Peninsula with an exclusive group of intrepid travelers inspired by the legacy of Antarctic discovery.

This is an incredible opportunity to experience true modern exploration as you travel to a land covered by glaciers, seldom visited by man. Travel through alleys of icebergs and study the blue mystery of such extraordinary formations of nature. Explore harbors and bays while surrounded by clouds of seabirds and become enveloped in the raw magnificence. Witness the profound beauty and isolation of a land covered by ice. Listen to glaciers calve and observe with wonder minke whales, black-browed albatross, snow petrels, penguins and seals.

Ponder the complexity of the fragile and dynamic ecosystem of the Antarctic Peninsula. Daily shore landings with zodiac to access ski tours, lectures and zodiac excursions will cover the history, biology, geology and politics of our Southernmost continent. Actively explore this frontier or contemplate the social structure of a penguin colony-this once-in-a-lifetime trip is for you.

Itinerary

This trip takes place on the rugged Antarctic Peninsula. The group will access the Peninsula aboard the Sea Adventurer from Ushuaia in Southern Argentina. The ski tours will be access by zodiac from the Sea Adventurer on a daily basis. Participants are responsible for traveling to Ushuaia before the trip starts.  The best way to get to Ushuaia is by plane via Buenos Aires.

  • Day 1:Arrive in Ushuaia, Argentina. Overnight in Ushuaia.
  • Day 2: Board the Sea Adventurer and set sail down the Beagle Channel.
  • Day 3-4: Cross the Drake Passage. Sperm, fin, and humpback whales, along with skies of seabirds will accompany our journey. Arrive at Deception Island’s volcanic crater on the afternoon of day 4 for a hike.
  • Day 5: Ski and trekking objectives at Neko Harbour. Zodiac cruises, penguin rookeries, hiking.
  • Day 6: Ski and trekking objectives at Anvers and Wenke Islands. Port Lockroy scientific base and museum. Visit gentoo and adelie penguin habitat.
  • Day 7: Ronge/Island/Mt. Britannia. Visit penguin rookery at Georges Point.
  • Day 8: Ski and trekking objectives in Paradise Bay. Zodiac excursions.Visit penguin rookery and Almirante Brown Station.
  • Day 9: Lemaire Channel/ Mt. Scott/ Mt. Demaria/Mt. Mill ski descents. Visit the Ukrainian Vernadsky scientific station. Killer whale and leopard seal sightings.
  • Day 10: New ski descents and nature cruises of Charlotte Bay; begin journey north in the evening.
  • Day 11-12: Sail Drake Passage; pass the dramatic cliffs of Cape Horn.
  • Day 13: Disembark the Sea Adventurer in Ushuaia, Argentina.

Prerequisites

This is an intermediate to advance program. Prior experience with Summit Mountain Guides helps you anticipate the difficulty and style of our program. It is an asset. You must be able to ascend between 3000 and 5000 vertical feet on ski touring days. You must also be able to link turns in variable snow conditions.

Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability. Please contact us to discuss your background.

Equipment

Weather

The weather in Antarctica is extremely unpredictable. Heavy rainfall is unusual; strong winds are relatively common, so it is important to pack accordingly. The average temperatures on the Antarctic Peninsula during the summer months range from approximately -10C to 5C. The weather in Ushuaia is a bit warmer but also has the wind and rain characteristics of the Antarctic weather systems.

Location

This trip takes place on the rugged Antarctic Peninsula. The group will access the Peninsula aboard the Sea Adventurer from Ushuaia in Southern Argentina. The best way to get to Ushuaia is by plane via Buenos Aires. Participants are responsible for traveling to Ushuaia before the trip starts. 

Services Included

  • Pre-trip planning support
  • Fully certified IFMGA guide service
  • Group safety equipment (satellite phone, ropes, rescue kit, first aid, GPS, maps)
  • 1 night pre-expedition shared hotel accommodation in Ushuaia, Argentina. This room includes a continental breakfast.
  • Group dinner in Ushuaia.
  • Group transfers from the hotel to the ship on embarkation and from the ship to the airport on disembarkation and all miscellaneous service taxes and port charges.
  • Breakfast, lunch and dinner on board the Sea Adventurer.
  • Shore landings and Zodiac excursions as permitted by weather and local conditions.
  • Presentations by our Expedition Team and guest speakers.
  • Expedition certificate.
  • Photographic DVD chronicling the voyage.
  • Comprehensive pre-departure information package
  • Use of a pair of rubber expedition boots on loan for shore landings. These will be returned at the end of the voyage.

Services not included:

  • Airfares to or from your home city, whether on scheduled or charter flights.
  • Passport and visa expenses. Tourist entry fees may apply depending on your nationality.
  • Any government arrival and departure airport taxes.
  • Ski or trekking equipment.
  • Any meals ashore with the exception of breakfast at the host hotel and the Welcome dinner on the evening prior to departure.
  • Baggage, cancellation and travel insurance (emergency medical and evacuation insurance is mandatory. SMG & Ice Axe can help you to arrange this insurance if you need assistance.
  • Excess baggage charges.
  • Laundry, bar, beverage and other personal charges onboard the ship or at the hotel.
  • Telecommunications charges or the customary gratuity at the end of the voyage for stewards, guides, and other service personnel.
  • Tips for guides and hospitality staff.

FAQ

Alpine Ski-touring or Telemark gear? Which should you use?

If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier should you use Telemark gear.

Spring skiing the high alpine of the Antarctic Peninsula offers variable snow conditions. On one particular run things may go from perfect powder to challenging breakable crust and or variable wind affected snow.  When compounded, the variable snow conditions, the long ski touring days and the large day packs all call towards the use of an easier skiing set up like alpine touring.

I am traveling alone. Can SMG or Ice Axe provide me with a roommate?

We will do our best to accommodate all passengers traveling alone by finding the best roommate match possible. Some flexibility may be
necessary. If we are unable to find a suitable roommate then you will be invoiced for a single supplement price.

How do I reserve my trip?

Contact Ice Axe Expeditions at 530-582-1246 or contact us via email at Karyn@iceaxeexpeditions.com. Mention that you are on the SMG team, be sure to communicate with SMG once you receive payment confirmation.

You may place your deposit via check, wire transfer, money order or with a Visa or MasterCard credit card. A 5% service charge applies for credit card processing.

If you mail a check with your trip application, your place will not be reserved until the check has cleared through our bank.

Please Note; a 50% deposit is required upon booking to reserve your place. The final balance is payable 95 days prior to your departure date.

What is the weather like?

The weather in Antarctica is extremely unpredictable. Heavy rainfall is unusual; strong winds are relatively common, so it is important to pack
accordingly. The average temperatures on the Antarctic Peninsula during the summer months range from approximately 23º – 41º F. The weather in Ushuaia is a bit warmer but also has the wind and rain characteristics of the Antarctic weather systems.

You say the weather can be pretty unpredictable. What happens if there are delays?

If any trip must be delayed due to bad weather, cancelled or delayed transportation, sickness or any other situation for which Ice Axe Expeditions cannot make provisions, all costs incurred during such delays must be borne by trip members.

What if I need to cancel?

All requests for cancellations must be received in writing. Cancellations received up to 150 days prior to departure are refunded less an administrative fee of $500 per person. If cancellation is received between 149 and 95 days prior to departure, the deposit is forfeited. Please note that for cancellations received within 94 days prior to departure, all deposits and tariffs are forfeited. If cancellation occurs within the 94-day period and full payment has not yet been received, the full penalty will still apply and unpaid monies are due immediately. For these and other reasons mentioned below, you are strongly encouraged to obtain trip cancellation insurance. Prices quoted are based on group participation and no refunds will be made for any part of the program in which you choose not to participate.

Mount Waddington

This remote and demanding peak is a Canadian classic!

Mount Waddington, 4019m above see level, is the highest peak in the Coast mountains of British Columbia. The main summit is technical and only accessible in summer by advanced mountaineers, for this program we will ascend the “Bravo Glacier Route” (TD-, 50deg, 5.7, 2100m). This 7 day trip is available on demand from mid July to late August.

While Waddington is the main goal on this trip, the area offers many alternative world class alpine rock & mixed routes on neighboring peaks including; Bravo Peak, Spearman Peak, Combatant Mountain, Mount Tiedemann and Asperity Mountain. Join us and discover the massive scale of the area while mountaineering on complex glaciers and climbing some of BC’s finest alpine granite.

If you are interested in a ski-mountaineering ascent to the Northwest summit of Mount Waddington click here.

Itinerary

The weather and conditions will have a direct effect on our exact itinerary, please note we can not guarantee specific timing and objectives due to the unpredictability of weather and flying into the mountains. Here is a sample itinerary:

  • Day 1 Participants will meet the guide(s) at 4pm at the White Saddle B&B in Bluff Lake for a relaxing dinner followed by a final gear check. We will go over last minute changes (weather & conditions) and logistic for the following day(s). We will also sign a liability waiver.
  • Day 2 We will fly to Rainy Knob and establish our base camp. If time allow we will practice crevasse rescue skills.
  • Days 3-7 Depending on the weather, conditions and participants, we will use the best possible window of opportunity to ascend Mount Waddington. Ideally we will work ourselves up to it by acclimatizing on nearby summits depending on conditions and participants, we will consider: Mt Bravo and Mount Spearman.
  • Day 8 Our last day in the field, we will fly back to Bluff Lake in the afternoon and enjoy a refreshing homemade meal and last night at the White Saddle B&B.
  • After a luxurious breakfast next morning, participants will start individual travels back home.

Prerequisites

This is an advance mountaineering program.  You must have the ability to follow 5.7 alpine mixed terrain with mountain boots and crampons. Prior overnight mountaineering & winter camping experiences are very useful. Prior experience with Summit Mountain Guides is mandatory. Please contact us to discuss your background.

Equipment

Weather

The Coast mountain weather can vary drastically in winter, it tends to be drier and more stable in mid to late Summer. In July and August, you can expect alpine temperatures to be from 0C to 15C during the day while in early morning and at night temperatures could fall well below freezing. Statistically, advanced Summer offers the best possible weather for mountaineering in the Waddington area.

Despite the weather trends, visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change within the day. 

Location

Mount Waddington and the Waddington Icecap are located in the Coast Mountains of South-Western British Columbia. We will access this pristine and remote mountain wilderness area by helicopter from Bluff Lake, B.C.

To drive to Bluff Lake, you will go through the central Chilcotin plateau, via Williams Lake, to White saddle Air Services at Bluff Lake, where the helicopter is stationed.  We will help you team up with another guest or guide, good to ride share if possible as there is no bus service available.  Driving from Vancouver or Calgary, this trip could take up to 15 hours.  There is an airstrip at Anahim Lake via Pacific Coastal airlines, from there it is a 1.5 hour drive to Bluff Lake, transportation can be arranged depending on group size.

Services Included

  • Pre-trip planning support
  • Fully certified IFMGA guide service
  • All helicopter access fees to the Dias Glacier(in and out)
  • Camping equipment (tents, stoves and cooking supplies)
  • All Breakfast and Dinners while on trip
  • Group safety equipment (satellite phone, ropes, rescue kit, first aid, GPS, maps)
  • avalanche safety equipment if required(transceiver, probe, shovel)
  • Alternative plan based on current conditions

Not included in price:

  • Your lunches, snacks
  • 2 nights & breakfast at the White Saddle B & B in Bluff Lake
  • pre & post trip dinners at the White Saddle B & B in Bluff Lake
  • Personal equipment (personal ski & safety gear, sleeping bag, overnight gear, etc.)
  • Transportation to and from Bluff Lake
  • additional costs for accommodation, transportation etc.. due to itinerary change due to weather
  • Trip cancellation insurance, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

FAQ

How experienced do I need to be?

This is an advanced mountaineering program on broken glaciers and mixed snow & ice terrain to 50 degrees with several pitches up to 5.7. Previous mountaineering experience on snow & ice, carrying big overnight packs and a high fitness level are mandatory. Previous technical climbing and high altitude mountaineering are an asset.

Is it safe?

On all our courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the industry. Mountaineering remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

Can I rent some of the equipment needed during the programs?

On this program we offer participants access to all the technical equipment at a discounted rate. This includes; harnesses, helmets, belay device, carabinners, ice axes, crampons and much more. Contact us for specific sizes and availability.

Where else can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

Here are a few outdoor stores in the area that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

Mountain Equipment Coop in Edmonton (780) 488-6614 www.mec.ca
Mountain Equipment Coop in Calgary (403) 269-2420 www.mec.ca
Rivers Oceans and Mountains (250) 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
Valhalla Pure Outfitters in Nelson (250) 354-1006 www.vpo.ca
Valhalla Pure Outfitters in Revelstoke (250) 837-5517 www.vpo.ca

Mount Logan (from Cdn side)

Remote, giant & surreal, Mount Logan provides a unique landscape experience...

Mount Logan, 5960m above see level, is located in the remote St. Elias Range of North Western Canada in the Yukon Territory. It is the crown jewel of Kluane National Park and is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Logan is the highest peak in Canada, and though second in North America only to Mount McKinley, is a more spectacular mountain without the crowds. This 20 to 25 day ski mountaineering expedition is serious and rewarding, it is best done in May and early June.

The Ski Mountaineering route of choice up Mount Logan is the famous King’s trench. This route features generally straightforward ski touring terrain on large broken glaciers and involves winter camping at high altitude. The ascent gradually climbs 3500m over 23kms, from base camp to summit, and offers a fantastic panorama on some of the biggest glaciers in the world. Mount Logan is for advanced ski mountaineers wishing to push their skills on a challenging summit.

Itinerary

The weather and conditions will have a significant effect on our exact itinerary.  Below is a sample itinerary from from the Canadian side via Whitehorse and Kluane Lake. We also offer an option from the Alaskan side, contact us for more details on this option. 

The ascent of mount Logan via the King’s Trench is a high altitude ski tour with no technical climbing. It gradually climbs 3500m over 23kms, from base camp to summit, and offers a fantastic panorama of some of the biggest glaciers in the world. From our Base-camp at 2800m, our ski ascent will gradually take us up the King’ Trench to King Col (4000m). The lower angle nature of this section will allow us to pull a lot of our supplies with sleds right up to King col (camp 2). From King Col to our high camp near Prospector Col (5500m), we will be carrying supplies and equipment with our back packs. On this section we will ascend no more than 600m per days using the “carry high-sleep low” method. This method combined with some strategic rest days will help the team acclimatize properly to higher elevation. From our high camp, we will wait for the best weather window to make an attempt to the main summit (5960m/19560’). If the team acclimatize well and the weather cooperates with our progress, we should have a full week worth of supplies and time at high camp for our summit bid.

Here is a sample itinerary:

  • (Pre-trip meeting): We will meet at the day before the trip at a predetermine location. We will share a relaxing dinner followed by a final gear check. We will go over last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions) and logistic for the following day(s). We will also sign a liability waiver
  • Day 1: We will take a shuttle to Kluane Lake where we will set up camp near the airstrip before heading into the mountains, his will also provide opportunity to pack and review our gear before the expedition.
  • Day 2: After an early breakfast, we will fly in to the basecamp). Flights into Kings Trench base camp are often delayed, please be prepared to camp for up to five extra nights at Kluane Lake in anticipation of flight.
  • Day 3: After an early breakfast, we will begin our ascent (or if delayed, fly in to the basecamp).
  • Day 4-20: These 17 days will be spent ascending the mountain. Here is the strategy we will use on the mountain: From our Base-camp at 2800m, our ski ascent will gradually take us up the King’ Trench to King Col (4000m). The lower angle nature of this section will allow us to pull a lot of our supplies with sleds right up to King col (camp 2). From King Col to our high camp near Prospector Col (5500m), we will be carrying supplies and equipment with our back packs. On this section we will ascend no more than 600m per days using the “carry high-sleep low” method. This method combined with some strategic rest days will help the team acclimatize properly to higher elevation. From our high camp, we will wait for the best weather window to make an attempt to the main summit (5960m/19560’). If the team acclimatize well and the weather cooperates with our progress, we should have a full week worth of supplies and time at our high camp for our summit bid.
  • Day 21-22: The descent down the mountain, to our pick-up location and flight out will take 1 to 2 days. From the air strip, depending on time, will either camp or shuttle back and enjoy a well deserved shower, group Dinner and celebratory evening. Program could end 1 to 2 days earlier.
  • *Depending on pilot flight schedule & weather, return to Whitehorse may be extended by 6 days.

 

A successful ascent up mount Logan is not guarantied. Whether we successfully climb to the summit or not depends on many factor including: the weather, avalanche & snow conditions along with individual participants fitness level. We are experienced guides & passionate mountain climbers. While keeping safety as a top priority, we will do our best to reach the summit with as many participants as possible. In our mind, a successful expedition is one which you safely return from to tell the tales.

Prerequisites

This is an advance ski mountaineering program.  You must have previous overnight winter camping experience and be an advanced intermediate downhill skier. Previous high altitude mountaineering experience is an important asset. Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.

Experience with carrying a big overnight pack while pulling sleds is very useful. Unlike Nepal, where Sherpa’s can help you carry equipment, Mount Logan requires that you carry all your personal equipment up the mountain as you go. At times, you will even have to carry some of the group equipment.

Prior experience with Summit Mountain Guides is not required however it is highly recommended. This helps you anticipate the difficulty and style of our programs. It also contribute to building a better relationship with the guide before heading out on a long remote trip. Please contact us to discuss your goals & background.

Equipment

Click here for the Equipment List

Weather

The weather on Mount Logan generally comes from the Gulf of Alaska, 90km away, to the Southwest. Due to its close proximity to the ocean and high latitude, the weather on Logan is a mix of moist maritime pattern with cold arctic temperatures.

It is not uncommon to have big snow storms with very high winds, even in the Spring. The temperatures can vary widely in the springtime. They usually range from –15C overnight to 0C during the day. At higher elevation, temperatures will be colder and often drop below -30C overnight.

Location

The Mount Logan massif is located in the Southwest corner of the Yukon Territory in Western Canada, just above the 60th parallel. The massif is inside Kluane National Park and is the crown-jewel of the St-Elias Mountains. Logan is difficult to reach by foot as it is surrounded by some of the largest glaciers in the world and that it is 140km from the nearest road. Due to the remoteness of this expedition, the higher altitude and latitudes encountered, careful preparation is required.

The starting point of this expedition will be Whitehorse, Yukon. From Whitehorse we will take a 5 hour shuttle to the landing strip at Kluane Lake. From the airstrip, we will fly to the mountain by a small ski plane. The King Trench base camp is a lengthy flight and can accommodate two guests at a time. There are very often weather delays and other groups waiting in a queue when flying in from the Cdn side, be prepared to camp for up to five days or more before the flight in.

Services Included

  • Pre-trip planning support
  • Fully certified IFMGA guide(s) services and costs for guide
  • Shuttle from Whitehorse, return
  • Ski plane access fees, return
  • Winter camping equipment (sleds, kitchen and sleeping tents, stoves, fuel, cooking supplies)
  • All group breakfasts and dinners while on the glacier and trip, all hot drinks
  • Park Permits and Liability Insurance
  • Group safety equipment (satellite phone, ropes, rescue kit, high altitude 1st aid kit, GPS, maps)
  • Alternative plan based on current conditions

Not included in price:

  • gst 5%
  • B&B / hotel nights in Whitehorse(1 before & 1 after the trip)
  • camping and meals while on standby to depart flight, 4 to 5 nights
  • Lunch & snacks, cold drinks
  • Personal ski and technical equipment and expedition clothing
  • personal winter camping equipment (sleeping bag, thermarest)
  • Air travel to/from Whitehorse
  • Any additional costs related to itinerary changes, any extra fees incurred if beyond trip estimated dates
  • Trip cancellation insurance (highly recommended, see booking page for ideas), adventure travel/rescue insurance, medical insurance

FAQ

Alpine Ski-touring or Telemark gear? Which should you use?

If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier should you use Telemark gear.

Spring skiing the high alpine environment offers variable snow conditions. On one particular run things may go from perfect powder to challenging breakable crust and or variable wind affected snow.  When compounded, the variable snow conditions, the long ski touring days and the large overnight packs all call towards the use of an easier skiing set up like alpine touring.

Mount Logan provide a fantastic mountain travel experience. The skis become a traveling medium in the greater goal of getting from A to B. Alpine touring makes for fast and efficient travel hence contributing to a safer and more successful experience.

Can it be done on Snowshoes?

An ascent of Mount Logan can be done on snowshoes. For non skiers with previous high altitude mountaineering experience, a snowshoe ascent may be advised. At SMG, we feel that the best way to ascend and descend Mount Logan is on skis. It is a mountain that leads itself to skiing much more than snowshoeing. For safety and efficiency reasons, we feel that everyone in a given group should be using the same mode of transportation and for our ski program, this is ski based. For use of snowshoes, please contact us for custom trip.

We would certainly consider guiding a full group of snowshoeers up Logan. We would need a minimum of 3 participant on snowshoes. Please contact us for more info on this topic.

How heavy are the packs or sleds?

Unlike Nepal, where Sherpa’s can help you carry equipment, Mount Logan requires that you carry all your personal equipment up the mountain as you go. At times, you will even have to carry some of the group equipment. Participants need to have at least an 80 litters pack on this trip. Once fully loaded with your personal equipment and some of the group gear the pack could be as heavy as 40-50 pounds.

Sleds will be supplied by SMG. They will be used on the lower half of the mountain, from base camp (2700m) to King col (4100m). Once fully loaded, sleds can weight close to 50 pounds. Because the sleds have more capacity than backpacks, we typically try to load them heavier than the back packs.

Mount Columbia

Adventurous experience in the heart of the Canadian Rockies...

At 3747m, Mount Columbia is the tallest summit in Alberta, and second highest peak in the Canadian Rockies. This classic ski mountaineering peak is located across the majestic Columbia Icefields.

This 4 day trip is a like a mini expedition in the heart of a remote region, it is best suited for intermediate to advanced ski mountaineers. We also offer a 5 day summer ascent programs on foot for intermediate mountaineers.

Itinerary

The weather and conditions will have a direct effect on our exact itinerary, please note we can not guarantee specific timing and objectives due to the unpredictability of mountain weather. Here is a sample itinerary:

  • Participants will meet the guide(s) at 4pm at Lake Louise. We will go over last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions) and logistic for the following day(s). We will also sign a liability waiver.
  • Day 1:  After an early start, we will drive from Lake Louise to our trail head at the toe of the Athabasca Glacier
  • Days 2 & 3: Depending on the weather, conditions and participants, we will use the best possible window of opportunity to ascent
  • We may ski out after our attempt on day 2 or day 3 depending on timing & conditions

Prerequisites

This is an intermediate to advance ski mountaineering program.  You must have prior overnight winter camping experience and be an advanced intermediate downhill skier.  Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability. Prior experience with Summit Mountain Guides helps you anticipate the difficulty and style of our program. It is an asset. Please contact us to discuss your background.

Equipment

Weather

The Rocky Mountain weather is generally cold and dry.  In winter you expect temperatures to be from -25C to –10C in the day while in spring daily temperatures could rise to zero.  Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change within the day. 

Location

Mount Columbia and the Columbia Icefields are located in the heart of the Canadian Rockies along the British Columbia-Alberta border. We will access this pristine mountain wilderness area by vehicle from highway 93 North between Lake Louise and Jasper. 

The nearest international airport for this trip is Calgary. From there to our meeting location in Lake Louise it is a 2.5 hour drive. From Lake Louise to the trail head it is another 1.5 hour by vehicle.

Services Included

  • Pre-trip planning support
  • Fully certified IFMGA guide service
  • Winter camping equipment (tents, stoves and cooking supplies)
  • All Breakfast and Dinners while on trip
  • Group safety equipment (satellite phone, ropes, rescue kit, first aid, GPS, maps)
  • avalanche safety equipment (transceiver, probe, shovel)
  • Alternative plan based on current conditions

Not included in price:

  • Your lunches, snacks
  • Transportation to meeting location
  • Accommodation before and after the field portion of the trip
  • Personal equipment (personal ski & safety gear, sleeping bag, overnight gear, etc.)
  • additional costs for accommodation, transportation etc.. due to itinerary change due to weather
  • Trip cancellation insurance, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

FAQ

Alpine Ski-touring or Telemark gear? Which should you use?

If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier should you use Telemark gear.

Spring skiing the high alpine environment offers variable snow conditions. On one particular run things may go from perfect powder to challenging breakable crust and or variable wind affected snow.  When compounded, the variable snow conditions, the long ski touring days and the large day packs all call towards the use of an easier skiing set up like alpine touring.

Skiing across the Columbia Icefields provide a fantastic mountain travel experience. The skis become a traveling medium in the greater goal of getting from A to B. Alpine touring makes for fast and efficient travel hence contributing to a safer and more successful experience.

Sorcerer Lodge, March 2018

An exclusive ski touring paradise in the heart of the Selkirk's...

Enjoy a week of ski touring at Sorcerer Lodge March 25 to April 1, 2018 and discover a backcountry skiing paradise in the Selkirk Mountain Range.  Perched right at treeline (6660 ft/ 2030m), this fly-in lodge is a comfortable 3 level accommodation. It is located near the northern boundary of Glacier National Park in Southeastern British Columbia.

The ski terrain boasts a mixture of high alpine slopes, glaciers, ski peaks, steep chutes along with some fantastic tree skiing. There are plenty of interesting & varied tours available with peak ascent options. Join Summit Mountain Guides for this exclusive fully guided & catered week long trip at Sorcerer Lodge in March 2018.

Please contact us for booking or more info.

Itinerary

The March 25-April 1 week is a Sunday to Sunday program. We will be flying-in from a staging area near Golden, a 30 minute drive from Golden.  All guests are responsible for their own transportation before and after the trip, we can recommend the Kicking Horse River Lodge as a good base before and after.

Once at the lodge, our daily routine will be to explore the diverse terrain on skis as day trips with a small pack. We will enjoy spectacular scenery and return to the comforts of the lodge by mid to late afternoon.

Prerequisites

This ski week is suitable for intermediate to advanced levels, ideally we will match people into similar skill groups. You must have prior day ski touring experience and be able to link turn in variable snow conditions.

Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability. 

Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of tour or equipment would suit you best.

Equipment

Weather

Mountain weather can vary drastically.  In winter you can expect temperatures to be from -15C to –5C in the day while in spring daily temperatures could rise well above zero. 

Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation can change within the day. 

Location

The lodge is located in the snowy Selkirk Mountains near the the Glacier National Park border.  We will access the lodge by helicopter from a staging area from Golden. Golden is a 5 hour drive north from Calgary or 6 hour hour drive from Vancouver.  All guests are responsible for their own transportation before and after the trip.

Services Included

  • Pre-trip planning support
  • Fully certified IFMGA/ACMG guide service
  • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)
  • Helicopter flight in/out of lodge
  • Cook and Gourmet Meals

Not included in price:

  • Personal ski and avalanche safety equipment
  • Accommodation or transport prior to meeting location
  • 5% gst
  • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

FAQ

Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

There are a few outdoor stores in Golden that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.  We can provides some avalanche equipment if needed.

Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented in Nelson prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. We recommend this system to advanced snowboarder over snowshoeing.

Mallard Lodge, Feb 17-24, 2019

Quality ski touring in pristine wilderness from the comfort of a remote backcountry lodge...

David will be guiding a unique ski touring week at the remote Mallard Lodge February 17-24, 2019. This beautiful lodge is located in the Canadian Rockies about 75km Southeast of Valemount BC adjacent to Jasper National Park.

Built in 2013, this heli access lodge is a cozy, modern & comfortable. The terrain surrounding the lodge is exclusive & very alpine; it includes many potential ski peaks, glacier skiing, open bowls as well as good tree skiing. Join Summit Mountain Guides and enjoy this fully guided & catered ski touring week.

Itinerary

This February 17-24, 2019 week is a Sunday to Sunday program. The group will be meeting and staying at the Valemount Best Western Hotel on Saturday night before the trip. We will fly-in with a helicopter at 8am February 17th from the Yellowhead helicopter base in Valemount BC. All guests are responsible for getting to/from Valemount before/after the trip.

Once at the lodge, our daily routine will be to explore the diverse terrain while skiing with a small day pack. We will enjoy spectacular scenery and return to the comforts of the Lodge by mid to late afternoon.

Prerequisites

This ski week is suitable for intermediate to advanced levels, ideally we will match people into similar skill groups. You must have prior day ski touring experience and be able to link turn in variable snow conditions.

Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability. 

Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of tour or equipment would suit you best.

Equipment

Weather

Mountain weather can vary drastically.  In winter you can expect temperatures in this area to be from -20C to –7C during the day while in spring daily temperatures could rise to near zero. 

Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation can change within the day. 

Location

This modern lodge sits on the Western edge of Jasper National Park in the Western Rockies 75km Southeast of Valemount BC. We will access the lodge by helicopter from the Yellowhead Helicopter Base in Valemount BC. Valemount is a small mountain town located in Eastern British Columbia between the Cariboo and Rocky Mountains. By car it is a 3.5hrs drive North of Kamloops BC, 5hrs drive West of Edmonton along HWY 16 or 6.5 hrs drive Northeast of Vancouver BC. All guests are responsible for their own transportation to/from Valemount before/after the trip.

There are only a few backcountry lodges as remote as Mallard, the 30minute one-way helicopter ride in will make you feel like you are heading deep into the backcountry. The difficult access definitely contributes to a higher priced program however, the wilderness experience is unique. Your group of 8 skiers will enjoy an entirely exclusive skiing experience. Here, you will not see any other users in the area (snowmobiles, heli-skiers or other ski touring parties). Also, there are no signs of previous logging or human made constructions. Just you, your friends, the lodge and fantastic ski touring terrain. 

Services Included

  • Pre-trip planning support
  • Fully certified IFMGA/ACMG guide service
  • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)
  • 7 nights accommodation
  • Helicopter flight in/out of Mallard Lodge
  • Cook & Gourmet Meals

Not included in price:

  • Personal ski and avalanche safety equipment
  • Accommodation or transport before or after the trip
  • 5% gst
  • tips
  • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

FAQ

Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

The best places to rent ski touring equipment in Calgary are at Mountain Equipment Coop (MEC) & at the U of C Outdoor Center.  There are a few outdoor stores in Golden that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment however ski touring rentals here are limited. We can provides some avalanche equipment if needed,  please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented in Nelson prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. On this touring weeks, guests must be using a split board system as snowshoes are limiting for group travel.

Mount Robson

Iconic and sought after, Mount Robson is the ultimate Canadian Rockies challenge...

At 3,954 meters, Mount Robson is the highest peak in the Canadian Rockies. Climbers have long been captivated by its precipitous prominence and icy flanks. Join our 5 day guided ascent of the “Kain Face” route and discover why even today Robson remains a sought after summit for climbers around the world.

Due to variable weather and route conditions we cannot guaranty our guests with a successful ascent. In general, the guests to guide ratio on Mount Robson is 1 guest per guide. Previous climbing & mountaineering experience with our guides may affect this slightly. Please contact us for more info.

Itinerary

This is a sample itinerary for a 5 day alpine style ascent of Mount Robson via the Kain Face. The weather and conditions will have a direct effect on our exact itinerary, please note we can not guarantee specific timing and objectives due to the unpredictability of weather and flying into the mountains.

Here is a sample itinerary:

  • Pre-trip Meeting: Participants will meet the guide(s) at 4pm in Jasper for a final gear check. We will go over last minute changes (weather, avalanche & flying conditions) and logistic for the following day(s). We will also sign a liability waiver.
  • Day 1: Depending on weather conditions, we will drive to Valemount BC and fly early in the morning to the Rearguard Meadows or the Extinguisher Tower. We will then ascent for 5 to 7 hours to reach our first camp
  • Days 2: We will continue ascending to the Dome camp or as high as conditions and fitness allow
  • Days 3: Weather and conditions permitting, first summit attempt via the Kain Face. This is a big day (14-16hr return) involving nearly 1000m of vertical ascent
  • Days 4: Second possible summit attempt. If already successful, we can attempt other nearby peak like Mount Resplendent or Helmet Peak. We can also fly out early and attempt other peaks in the Jasper area on Day 5
  • Days 5: After breaking down camp, we will descent down to glacier to Extinguisher Camp area and fly out

Prerequisites

This is an intermediate to advanced mountaineering program on broken glaciers and mixed snow & ice terrain to 55 degrees. Previous mountaineering experience on snow & ice, carrying big overnight packs and a high fitness level are mandatory. Previous technical climbing and high altitude mountaineering are an asset.

Equipment

Weather

Due to the higher elevations, proximity to dominant winds, the weather on Mount Robson is difficult to predict. It is often worse than the weather in the surrounding valleys and can change quickly. It is really hard to predict for more than 24hrs ahead. 

Temperatures on the mountain in August can range from 0C to 15C in the day while overnight temperature are much colder often dropping below -10C. It is always an interesting challenge to know exactly what you are going to get, therefore is important to be flexible with timing and not too attached to a particular itinerary.  Be prepared by bringing all required items, this ensure you will be dressed for all variations of temperatures, wind, precipitation.

Location

Mount Robson Provincial Park is located in east, central British Columbia, just west of the British Columbia/Alberta border and Jasper National Park. Approximately 4 hours north of Kamloops, BC on Highway 5; 3 1/2 hours east of Prince George, BC on Highway 16; and 5 hours west of Edmonton, Alberta on Highway 16. The closest communities to this park are Valemount and Jasper.

There are commercial airports in Prince George, Kamloops, Edmonton and Calgary. Rental vehicles are available at these centers. The park is also served by Greyhound Bus Lines and Via Rail.

Services Included

  • Pre-trip planning support
  • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
  • 20 years of experience in the area
  • Alternative plan based on current conditions
  • Rope use & all technical equipment
  • Backcountry kitchen & camp equipment
  • Dinners & breakfast meals on trip
  • Park permits and Liability Insurance
  • Emergency response plan
  • Group safety equipment

Services NOT included:

  • 5% gst tax
  • Helicopter access fees in and out
  • Technical gear including ice axes, crampons, harnesses, helmets, prussix, carabiner, climbing shoes etc..
  • Personal clothing, overnight equipment, mountaineering boots *see equipment list for more details
  • Personal lunch & snacks
  • Travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
  • Gratuities
  • Trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
  • Additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

FAQ

How experienced do I need to be?

This is an intermediate to advanced mountaineering program on broken glaciers and mixed snow & ice terrain to 55 degrees. Previous mountaineering experience on snow & ice, carrying big overnight packs and a high fitness level are mandatory. Previous technical climbing and high altitude mountaineering are an asset.

Is it safe?

On all our courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the industry. Mountaineering remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

Can I rent some of the equipment needed during the programs?

On this program we offer participants access to all the technical equipment at a discounted rate. This includes; harnesses, helmets, belay device, carabinners, ice axes, crampons and much more. Contact us for specific sizes and availability.

Where else can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

Here are a few outdoor stores in the area that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

Mountain Equipment Coop in Edmonton (780) 488-6614 www.mec.ca
Mountain Equipment Coop in Calgary (403) 269-2420 www.mec.ca
Rivers Oceans and Mountains (250) 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
Valhalla Pure Outfitters in Nelson (250) 354-1006 www.vpo.ca
Valhalla Pure Outfitters in Revelstoke (250) 837-5517 www.vpo.ca

Canadian Rockies Ice Climbing

The Canadian Rockies, home of the best ice climbing in Canada...

Famous for their well preserved wilderness and natural beauty, the Canadian Rockies near Banff, Yoho and Jasper National parks offers the highest concentration and variety of single and multi pitch ice climbs in Canada. The walls surrounding the mountain communities of Canmore, Banff, Lake Lousie and Jasper boast a life time of quality ice climbs for you to discover.

Summit Mountain Guides offers day and multi-day guided ice climbing programs in the Canadian Rockies from Mid November through April. Whether you are an individual with specific goals, interested in single or multi pitch ice climbs of various difficulties, we have a program for you.

Some of the ice climbing crags and routes we often visit here include: Haffner creek, Johnson Canyon, Grotto Canyon, King creek, Professor falls, Bourgeau falls, Nemesis, Louise falls, Carlsberg & Guinness gully, Murchisson falls, Kitty Hauk, Ice nine, Polar Circus, Weeping wall, Shades of Beauty and many more. 

Itinerary

Day ice climbing itineraries are somewhat flexible. A typical guided ice climbing day will start at 7:30 AM at a climbing site. Some of the longer routes may require an early start to maximize a successful and safe ascent. Depending on group needs and particular climbs, we will generally be done before 5.00 PM.

Prerequisites

Beginner to Advanced programs available. Prior ice climbing experience is an asset. The more experience you have, the more you will benefit from this program. Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background, we will then find the best possible venue for you.

Equipment

Clic here for the Equipment List

Weather

The Rocky Mountain weather is generally cold and dry.  In winter you expect temperatures to be from -25C to –10C in the day while in spring daily temperatures could rise to zero.  Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change within the day. 

Location

All ice climbing routes in this section are located in the Canadian Rockies. Here are a few towns where we often base from; Cranbrook, Invemere, Golden, Lake Louise, Banff, Jasper & Canmore. Suitable accommodation can be found in all these locations.

Depending on where the participants are coming from, it may be possible to car pool to the climb location. This is a great way to conserve energy and minimize transportation costs.

The instructors will be meeting with participants the evening before the climbing day(s) for a final gear check. We will go over last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions) and logistic for the following day(s). We will also sign a liability waiver.

Services Included

  • Pre-trip planning support
  • Fully certified IFMGA and/or Alpine guide service
  • All the technical climbing equipment
  • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

Not included in price:

  • Lunch, snacks
  • 5% gst tax
  • Transportation for guide/guest
  • Accommodation & meals for guide/guest
  • Personal ice climbing equipment
  • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

FAQ

Where can I rent or buy Ice Climbing equipment?

Summit Mountain Guides has a limited amount of Ice Climbing equipment available for rental. Contact us for availability. Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson, Golden, Lake Louise, Banff & Canmore that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

Golden:

Selkirk Source for Sports: (250) 344-2966

Lake Louise:

Wilson Mountain Sports: (866) 929-3636 www.lakelouisewilsons.com

Banff:

Mountain Magic Equipment: (403) 762-2591 www.mountainmagic.com
Monod Sports: (403) 762-4571 www.monodsports.com

Canmore:

Valhalla Pure Outfitters: (403) 678-5610 www.vpo.ca

Avalanche Skills Level 1 (AST 1)

Learn the basics of safe winter travel in avalanche terrain. Knowing more save lives…

Are you planning to explore the local backcountry this winter? Do you want to learn basic travel and powder skiing safety in avalanche terrain? 

Join one of our AST level 1 courses and learn how to recognize avalanche terrain, manage it and read snow packs information to better choose the right up track, avoid avalanches and enjoy your turns. 

This 2 day introductory course is based out of Nelson BC.  It follows the Canadian Avalanche Association program, goals and objectives. Check out a review of the course done by Backcountry Skiing Canada for more photo’s and course perspective. 

Itinerary

  • Day 1: The first day is mainly classroom. We will discuss and watch videos on topics like: avalanche hazard recognition,  terminology & mechanics, mountain weather, snow pack structure & basic terrain evaluation. We will also sign a waiver and do a gear check. Later in the day, we will spend a few hours outside doing transceiver searches while discussing rescue fundamentals.
  • Day 2: Backcountry ski day. The group will meet at 8:00am and drive to a ski touring destinations to be established in the West Kootenay backcountry. During the days, we will spend 8hrs outside. We will focus on learning and practicing skills like: terrain evaluation, mountain hazard assessment, safe route finding techniques, snow pack analysis and snow testing techniques.
  • Students will receive a CAA certificate and personal feedback before course end

Prerequisites

Intermediate backcountry skiing or boarding ability (touring equipment, snow board & snowshoes or split board required).

Pre-read Backcountry Avalanche Awareness by Bruce Jamieson

Previous avalanche training useful but not required.  Students must be intermediate to advanced resort riders. Students are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of course would suit you best.

Equipment

Backcountry_Day_Ski_Touring_Equipment_List.pdf

Weather

Kootenay weather can vary drastically.  In winter you expect temperatures to be from -15C to –5C in the day while in spring daily temperatures could rise well above zero.  Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation can change within the day. 

Location

This course is based in Nelson BC. Field days will occur in the Selkirks Mtns, the local backcountry near Nelson. Details will be given to participants before course start. For a list of possible venues click Nelson Classics.  Feel free to contact us for more information.

Services Included

  • Pre-trip planning support
  • Fully certified ACMG/IFMGA ski guide service
  • AST 1 class notes
  • Avaluator™ Trip Planner
  • Backcountry Avalanche Awareness by Bruce Jamieson
  • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

Not included in price:

  • Lunch, snacks
  • GST 5% tax
  • optional field book: Decision Making in Avalanche Terrain
  • Personal ski touring boots, skis, skins or splitboard
  • personal avalanche safety equipment *SMG rentals available $25/day for beacon ($15), shovel ($5) & probe ($5)
  • Transportation to touring location
  • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

FAQ

Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca
Gericks   354-4622 www.gericks.com

Digital vs Analog Transceiver?

What kind of transceiver can I use?  If you are interested in touring in the back country with friends or take one of our courses, it is very important to get a modern “triple antenna digital beacon”.  The analog beacons are functional however, they are limiting and a thing of the past. We ask participants to ensure that they have a digital transceiver for the course.

For recreational skiers and boarders, we suggest the following beacons: Mammut-Baryvox “Element”, Ortovox “Zoom”, Peeps “DSP tour” or hte Tracker “2”. For people that moving towards working in the ski industry a more professional “more advanced” beacons is recommended, such as Mammut-Baryvox “Pulse”, Ortovox “3+“ or Peeps “regular DSP”. 

Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented in Nelson prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an advanced-intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. We recommend this system to advanced snowboarder over snowshoeing.

Avalanche Skills Level 2 (AST 2)

Boost your avalanche awareness skills, knowing more increases safety and leads to serious fun...

Are you looking for the highest recreational avalanche training?  Are you interested in boosting your skills before seeking further Industry Training Programs? The AST level 2 will deepen your knowledge, broaden your experience and skills for better decision making in avalanche terrain.

This 3 & 1/2 day program is the next logical step after completing the AST 1. Similar topics will be covered with more depth and emphasis on adapting personal exposure based on changing conditions & field observations.

This course provide the highest level of recreational avalanche training. It is also a stepping stone for further CAA industry training programs. For more info and photos, here is a link to an AST 2 course review done by Backcountry Skiing Canada during the 2014 winter.

For students who have not taken avalanche training in awhile, consider doing the recently developed Companion Rescue course. This program is a one day field program which gives you opportunity to review and renew your skills, get information about new avalanche equipment as well as discover updated probing, shoveling and group rescue techniques. 

Itinerary

  • Day 1: We will meet for a 4 hour classroom session during the evening. We will discuss and watch videos on topics like: avalanche hazard recognition,  terminology & mechanics, mountain weather, snow pack structure & basic terrain evaluation. We will also sign a waiver and do a gear check.
  • Day 2, 3 & 4: Back country ski days with a 2 hour classroom session on each the 2nd and 3rd evening. We will generally meet at 8:00am and drive to a ski touring destinations to be established in the West Kootenay backcountry. We will spend 8hrs outside each day. We will focus on learning and practicing skills, including: avalanche hazard recognition, terminology & mechanics, mountain weather, snow pack structure, basic terrain evaluation, terrain evaluation, mountain hazard assessment, safe route finding techniques, snow pack analysis, snow testing techniques, transceiver searches and rescue fundamentals.
  • Students will receive a CAA certificate and personal feedback before course end

Prerequisites

Successful completion of Avalanche Skills Level 1 (please have dated certificate*). 

Ensure you have most recent (2010) version of Avaluator™ Trip Planner.

Pre-read Staying Alive by Bruce Tremper

Intermediate skiing or ‘boarding ability (touring equipment or Split board required).

Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of course would suit you best.

Equipment

Click Here for Equipment List

Weather

Kootenay weather can vary drastically.  In winter you expect temperatures to be from -15C to –5C in the day while in spring daily temperatures could rise well above zero.  Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation can change within the day. 

Location

Contact your guide by phone or email the week before for meeting location.  Field days will occur in the Selkirks Mtns, local backcountry near Nelson.

Services Included

  • Pre-trip planning support
  • Fully certified ACMG/IFMGA ski guide service
  • AST 2 class note handouts & certificate upon course completion
  • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

Not included in price:

  • Lunch, snacks
  • GST 5% tax
  • Staying Alive in Avalanche Terrain by Bruce Tremper. ensure you purchase/borrow and read resource advance
  • optional field book: Decision Making in Avalanche Terrain
  • 2010 Avaluator™ Trip Planner (received in AST 1) contact CAC for replacement card
  • Personal ski touring boots, skis, skins or splitboard
  • personal avalanche safety equipment *SMG rentals available $25/day for complete set or beacon ($15), shovel ($5) & probe ($5)
  • Transportation to touring location
  • lift fee if applicable, one way Whitewater fee is $21, Red Mtn $25
  • hut based program: does not include 2 nights hotel, wilderness pass, food & meals
  • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

FAQ

Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca
Gericks   354-4622 www.gericks.com

Digital vs Analog Transceiver?

What kind of transceiver can I use?  If you are interested in touring in the back country with friends or take one of our courses, it is very important to get a modern “triple antenna digital beacon”.  The analog beacons are functional however, they are limiting and a thing of the past. We ask participants to ensure that they have a digital transceiver for the course.

For recreational skiers and boarders, we suggest the following beacons: Mammut-Baryvox “Element”, Ortovox “Zoom”, Peeps “DSP tour” or hte Tracker “2”. For people that moving towards working in the ski industry a more professional “more advanced” beacons is recommended, such as Mammut-Baryvox “Pulse”, Ortovox “3+“ or Peeps “regular DSP”. 

Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented in Nelson prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an advanced-intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. We recommend this system to advanced snowboarder over snowshoeing.

Companion Rescue Skills

A modern refresher of current avalanche rescue techniques, equipment & resources

Has it been awhile since your last avalanche skills training?  Review and renew your practical rescue skills, get information about new avalanche equipment as well as discover updated probing, shoveling and group rescue techniques.

This 1 day field course is based out of Nelson BC.  It follows the Canadian Avalanche Association program, goals and objectives.

In addition to learning modern search practices this course provide trip planing techniques and rescue resource awareness.

Itinerary

The first hour is mainly classroom. We will review new rescue techniques, consider preventative measures, changes in equipment and use of airbags. We will also sign a waiver and do a gear check.

In the field doing we will practice transceiver skills, apply search and rescue techniques, practice searching without a transceiver, consider multiple burial situations, organize a group rescue and look at post-incident considerations during debrief.

Prerequisites

Intermediate backcountry skiing or boarding ability (touring equipment or Split board required).

Completion of previous AST 1 training within last five years and intermediate to advanced resort riding skills required.

  • required field tool: Avaluator™ Trip Planner
  • Students are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of course would suit you best.

    Equipment

    Click Here for Equipment List

    Weather

    Kootenay weather can vary drastically.  In winter you expect temperatures to be from -15C to –5C in the day while in spring daily temperatures could rise well above zero.  Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation can change within the day. 

    Location

    This course is based in Nelson BC. Field days will occur in the Selkirks Mtns, the local backcountry near Nelson. Details will be given to participants before course start. For a list of possible venues click Nelson Classics.  Feel free to contact us for more information.

    Services Included

    • Pre-trip planning support
    • Fully certified ACMG/IFMGA guide service
    • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

    Not included in price:

    • Lunch, snacks
    • GST 5% tax
    • required field tool: Avaluator™ Trip Planner
    • optional field book: Decision Making in Avalanche Terrain
    • Personal ski touring boots, skis, skins or splitboard
    • personal avalanche safety equipment *SMG rentals available $25/day for beacon ($15), shovel ($5) & probe ($5)
    • Transportation to touring location
    • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

    FAQ

    Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca
    Gericks   354-4622 www.gericks.com

    Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

    Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented in Nelson prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

    Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

    Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an advanced-intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

    Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. We recommend this system to advanced snowboarder over snowshoeing.

    Introduction to Backpacking

    Learn from an experience local guide how to travel and camp in the alpine wilderness, experience the joy and freedom...

    Hike with a professional guide who can teach you tricks around your pack, setting up camp and locating yourself on the map.  Enjoy the challenge and satisfaction of carrying all your belongings on your back to tenting in the rugged back country of the West Kootenays.  Backpacking trips range from easy to advanced programs and range in length from two to five.

    We offer a number of backpacking locations for this course, site selected will depend on student prior experience and trail/weather conditions, visit our favorite trails page for inspiration.

    Easy Low Elevation & Shoulder Season

    Fry Creek Canyon, Pilot Bay Penisula, Slocan Lakeshore & Beatrice Lake

    Moderate Alpine Hikes

    Kokanee Glacier Chalet & Glory Basin, Gwilliam Lakes & Lucifer Pass, Monica Meadows & Starbird Pass, Whitewater Canyon & Pass, Alps Alturus & Marten Mt.

    Moderate Plus Alpine Hikes

    Gimli Ridge & Mulvey Basin, Lyle Basin & Mt. Brennon, McKeen Lakes & Wooden Peak, Mt.Loki or Heart Lakes, Around Silverspray or Woodbury Cabins

    Itinerary

    The complete itinerary is somewhat flexible and will vary depending on participant needs, weather, conditions and course location and travel times to trailhead.

    Below is a sample itinerary for a four day program.  Skills sessions covered include pacing and walking tips, navigation (maps, compass and GPS skills), preparedness, safe route selection and more.

    Day 1: Pre-trip meeting 5 PM in Nelson (2 hours)

  • Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda, waiver.
  • Review of planed itinerary and current conditions
  • Gear & meals check; session on packing strategy
  • Day 2 Hike in to remote mountain hut or back country camp location

  • early morning meet a predetermined location or trail head
  • 3-7 hour hike to base camp, varies on trail difficulty
  • set up tents, evening meal, camp site skills session
  • Day 3 Explore alpine meadows, pass or summits

  • early camp breakfast
  • day hike from base camp
  • evening meal, navigation & maps session
  • Day 4 Hike out

  • early camp breakfast
  • small morning hike & camp pack up
  • 3-7 hour hike out & return to town, debrief, course close
  • Prerequisites

    Programs are beginner to advanced.  Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability. 

    Good physical fitness and ability to carry a pack is required.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of course would suit you best.

    Equipment

    Backpacking_Equipment_List.pdf

    Weather

    Due to the higher elevations, proximity to dominant winds and weather conditions, mountain weather is difficult to predict. It is most often worse than the weather in the surrounding valleys and can change quickly as it is really hard to predict for more than 24hrs ahead. 

    In summer you expect temperatures to be from 10 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Temperatures are much colder at higher elevations, even in the summer. It is not uncommon to have overnight freezing temperatures in the alpine, outside a mountain hut or near a back country camp. 

    It is always an interesting challenge to know exactly what you are going to get, therefore is important to be flexible with timing and not too attached to a particular goal or objective.  Be prepared by bringing all required items, this ensure you will be dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation.

    Location

    Our backpacking programs occur in the Valhalla Mountains, Goat Range, Selkirk and Purcell Mountains near Kaslo, Slocan City, Nelson and New Denver.

    Contact your guide by phone or email the week before for meeting location.  Your guide will do a two hour briefing and packing demonstration the night in Nelson.

    Services Included

    • Pre-course planning support
    • Fully certified ACMG hiking, alpine Guide or mountain Guide services
    • local knowledge experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • kitchen equipment, tarps, group tents
    • hut fees
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan
    • Group safety equipment

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • dinners & breakfast meals on trip, available for $45/night
    • if applicable,  national park wilderness passes ~$10/night
    • personal clothing, overnight equipment, hiking boots *see equipment list for more details
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this backpacking program will benefit from previous hiking experience.  Good physical fitness is a must, comfort and experience with carrying a pack is very useful.

    Is it safe?

    On all back country programs, we provide you with fully certified IFMGA / ACMG Mountain, alpine and hiking guides. This gives you the highest safety standards in the industry. While it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the equipment needed during the programs?

    On the overnight tenting programs we offer participants access to hiking or camping equipment at no extra charge, however you are welcome to bring your own.  This includes:  hiking poles, tent, sleeping pad, sleeping bag, stove, pots. Contact us for specifics and availability.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Navigation in the Mountains

    Learn from a seasoned guide on how to read a map, use new digital navigation tools and be field savy, recognize hazardous terrrain and find your way, having fun....

    For recreational hikers or leaders interested in travel skills, we offer navigation course that builds your skills in reading the terrain “before” you get lost. Learn seasoned guiding tricks for planning your route, reducing hazards and predicting terrain.

    Enjoy being able to decipher a map and visualize the terrain before you get there, then go out and compare. The course is sectioned into three skill building series. For navigation skills level 1 (map & compass) and navigation skills level 2 (intro to digital navigation) you will have full classroom day, with a short outdoor session. For navigation skills level 3, you will have half day review session, followed by a full day field days applying your map & compass and digital navigation skills experiential. 

    Itinerary

    The course is somewhat flexible and will vary depending on participant needs, weather and hike location.

    Below is a sample skills program: 

    Navigation Skills Level 1:Class sessions (5 hours theory, 3 hours practical)

  • Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda, waiver.
  • Map reading
  • map & compass use, terrain classification
  • field practice, map & compass skills
  • hazard recognition & route planning
  • Navigation Skills Level 2:Class sessions (5 hours theory, 3 hours practical)

  • Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda, waiver.
  • Review of Map reading, grid references, UTM, lat&long
  • global positioning systems
  • features of GPS, managing tracks & waypoints
  • using google earth effectively and sharing infor from GE or iMapBC
  • field with GPS
  • comparing stand alone GPS to smart phone GPS devices
  • Navigation Skills Level 3:evening class sessions & full day field practice

  • review of map & compass and digital navigation concepts
  • prepare route information for field day
  • hike or ski into field area, practical applications of navigation 1 & 2
  • course closure in field
  • Prerequisites

    For navigation skills 2 (digital navigation) students need a GPS unit and must bring a laptop with downloaded programs; students must have done navigation 1/equivalent skills course as pre-req.

    For navigation skills 3, both earlier series 1&2 are pre-req. Field days are beginner to intermediate trails and terrain.

    Students are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of course would suit you best.

    Equipment

    Click here for equipment list

    Weather

    Kootenay weather can vary drastically.  In summer you expect temperatures to be from 8 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Visibility could be poor or whiteout conditions when raining heavily or snowing or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation can change within the day. 

    Location

    Evening sessions will be located in Nelson; field day hikes vary depending on weather, conditions and student fitness. Trailhead within .5-1.25 hour from Nelson.

    Services Included

    • Pre-course planning support
    • Fully certified ACMG hiking, alpine Guide or mountain Guide services
    • local knowledge experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • maps
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan
    • Group safety equipment

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • personal clothing,  hiking boots *see equipment list for more details
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this navigation program you will learn as based on your goals and interest.  For field portions, good physical fitness will contribute to a comfortable learning experience.

    Is it safe?

    On all hike programs, we provide you with fully certified IFMGA / ACMG Mountain, alpine and hiking guides. This gives you the highest safety standards in the industry. While it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    What course materials do I need?

    Ensure you have a working compass and all personal equipment for day trip; Click here for equipment list 

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Natural History & Ecology

    Savour your time in the mountains, understand the stories behind the beauty....

    For budding naturalists or guides interested in upgrading skills, we offer custom programs in nature interpretation for hikers interesting in understanding the ecology.  You will learn the unique stories behind the biology and ecology linking plant to animal and elevation to critter. 

    This two day course is experiential based, course content will vary based on season and hike location.  The program focuses on the plant, animal and fungi kingdoms; students will begin to recognize animal sign and stories about their interaction in the environment. 

    Learn about the unique adaptation strategies of various ecosystems, the tough plants and animals that exist in the alpine could definitely teach us a trick or two.  Discover the amazing relationships and evolutionary stories that link bird to tree, fungi to plant, trees and disturbance, or insect to flower. 

    Itinerary

    The course is somewhat flexible and will vary depending on participant needs, weather and hike location.

    Below is a sample itinerary for a two day program. 

    Day 1

  • 8am Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda, waiver.
  • Ecosystem and local natural history
  • Gear check & route afternoon hike
  • 3-4 hr afternoon hike practice skills
  • forest ecology, plant identification, animal sign
  • debrief
  •  

    Day 2

  • 8am predetermined location or trail head
  • 5-7 hour hike/exploring on trail
  • alpine ecology, rock identification, plant & animal connections
  • course closure in field
  • Prerequisites

    Field days are beginner to intermediate trails and terrain. Students are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of course would suit you best.

    Equipment

    Click here for equipment list

    Weather

    Kootenay weather can vary drastically.  In summer you expect temperatures to be from 8 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Visibility could be poor or whiteout conditions when raining heavily or snowing or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation can change within the day. 

    Location

    Day hikes vary depending on weather, conditions and student fitness. Trailhead within .5-1.25 hour from Nelson.

    Services Included

    • Pre-course planning support
    • Fully certified ACMG hiking, alpine Guide or mountain Guide services
    • local knowledge experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • maps
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan
    • Group safety equipment

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • personal clothing,  hiking boots *see equipment list for more details
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this natural history program you will learn as based on your goals and interest.  For field portions, good physical fitness will contribute to a comfortable learning experience.

    Is it safe?

    On all hike programs, we provide you with fully certified IFMGA / ACMG Mountain, alpine and hiking guides. This gives you the highest safety standards in the industry. While it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    What course materials do I need?

    Ensure you have a note pad/camera and all personal equipment for day trip; Click here for equipment list 

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Off-Trail Trekking

    Enjoy the rewards and remoteness and safety of off trail trekking with a professional...

    Take in incredible mountain scenery and vistas as you hike into the alpine.  We offer unique trekking destinations that travel across ridges, through mountain passes and both bolder or meadow fields. 

    Trekking programs are designed for the experienced hiker seeking the additional thrill of moving between remote camps and learning how to safely navigate through more challenging mountain terrain.

    For individuals with ample hiking experience, enjoy the challenge of walking off trail in the mountains on a unique trekking program.  Hiking treks can be a fun experience with a group or family and gives a window into the high mountain alpine terrain.

    Consider lifting a pack onto your back and enjoy the rewards of stunning views, remote wilderness and the satisfaction of choosing your alpine camp every evening.  Your guide will help you safely adjust to the rigor of living daily in the back country.

    Moderate Treks (3 field days)

    Woodbury Cabin to Silverspray via ridge route, Kokanee Glacier Provincial Park
    View photos by Steven Howe highlight this as one of Canada’s best routes, see March issue of Backpacker magazine for description.

    Lemon Creek to Glory Basin and out Gibson Lake, Kokanee Glacier Provincial Park

    Advanced Treks (3-7 field days)

    Gimli Ridge into Mulvey Basin across to Drinnon Pass, Valhalla Provincial Park
    See Backpacker’s description of this remote wilderness route with photographer Steven Howe.


    Valhalla Traverse, Valhalla Provincial Park

    Itinerary

    The complete itinerary is somewhat flexible and will vary depending on participant needs, weather, conditions and course location. We will either hike in to and be based from different back country tent camps or from a remote mountain huts like Silverspray Hut, Woodbury Cabin or Kokanee Glacier Chalet).

    Below is a sample itinerary for a four day program (3 field days).  For hiking trekking courses, skills sessions covered include pacing and walking tips, navigation (maps, compass and GPS skills), preparedness, hazard identification, safe route selection and more.

    Day 1: Pre-trip meeting 5 PM in Nelson (2 hours)

  • Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda, waiver.
  • Review of planed itinerary and current conditions
  • Gear & meals check; session on packing strategy
  • Day 2 Hike in to remote mountain hut or back country camp location

  • early morning meet a predetermined location or trail head
  • 5-7 hour hike to base camp, varies on trail difficulty
  • set up tents, evening meal and optional session
  • Day 3 Hike to 2nd mountain camp

  • early camp breakfast
  • pack up tents and equipment
  • explore alpine meadows, pass or summits en route to next camp
  • set up tents, evening meal and optional session
  • Day 4 Hike out

  • early camp breakfast
  • small morning hike & camp pack up
  • 5-7 hour hike out & return to town
  • Prerequisites

    Programs are moderate to advanced hikers.  Lots of experience day hiking, good physical fitness and ability to carry a pack is required.  Prior backpacking experience useful. 

    Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of hiking trek would suit you best.

    Equipment

    Backpacking_Equipment_List.pdf

    Weather

    Due to the higher elevations, proximity to dominant winds and weather conditions, mountain weather is difficult to predict. It is most often worse than the weather in the surrounding valleys and can change quickly as it is really hard to predict for more than 24hrs ahead. 

    In summer you expect temperatures to be from 10 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Temperatures are much colder at higher elevations, even in the summer. It is not uncommon to have overnight freezing temperatures in the alpine, outside a mountain hut or near a back country camp. 

    It is always an interesting challenge to know exactly what you are going to get, therefore is important to be flexible with timing and not too attached to a particular goal or objective.  Be prepared by bringing all required items, this ensure you will be dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation.

    Location

    Our Off-Trail Trekking programs occur in the Valhalla Mountains, Goat Range, Selkirk and Purcell Mountains near Kaslo, Slocan City, Nelson and New Denver.

    Contact your guide by phone or email the week before for meeting location.  Your guide will do a two hour briefing and packing demonstration the night in Nelson.

    Services Included

    • Pre-course planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Hiking Guide, Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
    • 20 years of experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • technical mountain equipment
    • group kitchen, tarp, cooking supplies
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan
    • Group safety equipment

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • dinners & breakfast meals on trip, available for $45/night
    • heli-drop if applicable ~$300/person
    • personal clothing, overnight equipment, hiking boots *see equipment list for more details
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • hut costs if hut based
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • transport to trailhead
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this hiking trek program will benefit from previous overnight hiking and camping experience.  Good physical fitness is a must, comfort and experience with carrying a pack is very useful.

    Is it safe?

    On all back country programs, we provide you with fully certified IFMGA / ACMG Mountain, alpine and hiking guides. This gives you the highest safety standards in the industry. While it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the equipment needed during the programs?

    On the overnight tenting programs we offer participants access to hiking or camping equipment at no extra charge, however you are welcome to bring your own.  This includes:  hiking poles, tent, sleeping pad, sleeping bag, stove, pots. Contact us for specifics and availability.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca

    On-Trail Traverses

    Enjoy classic West Kootenay hiking trails day after day, stay in the alpine ...

    We walk classic traverses in the West Kootenay and Rockies regions. Your guide will help you safely traverse the landscape and interpret the geology, terrain, flora and fauna along the way. 

    Hiking traverses can be as easy or challenging as you like. Your guide can adjust pace and learned skills according to the groups needs and interests.  Groups and families can enjoy the bonding that occurs by staying overnight in the back country.  Individuals can enjoy taking on various leadership roles and learn how to efficiently move camp and safely navigate mountain terrain, conditions.

    Hikers that enjoy trail walking, consider a hiking traverse as it gives the confidence of established trails as well as the enjoyment of moving base camp daily. Traverses are enjoyable ways to see lots of alpine terrain while staying on established trails. 

    As you set up a new camp each day, you have the opportunity to discover day and night life in the back country.  With an experienced guide, this is a rewarding experience with friends or family and gives ample time for exploring the meadows, ridges and summits in the alpine.

    West Kootenay (3-5 field days)

    Earl Grey Pass, Purcell Mountains
    Silver Cup Ridge, Goat Provincial Park

    Rockies (3-4 field days)

    The Rockwall, Kootenay Natinonal Park
    Skyline Trail, Jasper National Park

    Itinerary

    The complete itinerary is somewhat flexible and will vary depending on participant needs, weather, conditions and course location. We will either hike in to and be based from different back country tent camps or from a remote mountain huts like Silverspray Hut, Woodbury Cabin or Kokanee Glacier Chalet).

    Below is a sample itinerary for a five day program (4 field days). For hiking traverse courses, skills sessions covered include pacing and walking tips, navigation (maps, compass and GPS skills), preparedness, hazard identification, safe route selection and more.

    Day 1: Pre-trip meeting 5 PM in town (2 hours)

  • Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda, waiver.
  • Review of planed itinerary and current conditions
  • Gear & meals check; session on packing strategy
  • Day 2 Hike in to remote mountain hut or back country camp location

  • early morning meet a predetermined location or trail head
  • 5-7 hour hike to base camp, varies on trail difficulty
  • set up tents, evening meal and optional session
  • Day 3 Hike to 2nd mountain camp

  • early camp breakfast
  • pack up tents and equipment
  • explore alpine meadows, pass or summits en route to next camp
  • set up tents, evening meal and optional session
  • Day 4 Hike to 3rd mountain camp

  • early camp breakfast
  • pack up tents and equipment
  • explore alpine meadows, pass or summits en route to next camp
  • set up tents, evening meal and optional session
  • Day 5 Hike out

  • early camp breakfast
  • small morning hike & camp pack up
  • 5-7 hour hike out & return to town
  • Prerequisites

    Programs are beginner to advanced hikers.  Lots of experience day hiking, good physical fitness and ability to carry a pack is required.  Prior backpacking experience can be an asset. 

    Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of hiking traverse would suit you best.

    Equipment

    Backpacking_Equipment_List.pdf

    Weather

    Due to the higher elevations, proximity to dominant winds and weather conditions, mountain weather is difficult to predict. It is most often worse than the weather in the surrounding valleys and can change quickly as it is really hard to predict for more than 24hrs ahead. 

    In summer you expect temperatures to be from 10 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Temperatures are much colder at higher elevations, even in the summer. It is not uncommon to have overnight freezing temperatures in the alpine, outside a mountain hut or near a back country camp. 

    It is always an interesting challenge to know exactly what you are going to get, therefore is important to be flexible with timing and not too attached to a particular goal or objective.  Be prepared by bringing all required items, this ensure you will be dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation.

    Location

    Our On-Trail Traverses occur in the Valhalla Mountains, Goat Range, Selkirk and Purcell Mountains near Kaslo, Slocan City, Nelson and New Denver; see our favorite trails page for inspiration.  We also offer some of the classic traverses in B.C. and Alberta Rockies. 

    Contact your guide by phone or email the week before for meeting location.  Your guide will do a two hour briefing and packing demonstration the night in Nelson.

    Services Included

    • Pre-course planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Hiking Guide, Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • technical mountain equipment
    • group kitchen, tarp, cooking supplies
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan
    • Group safety equipment

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • dinners & breakfast meals on trip, available for $45/night
    • hut based cost add $25-40/night
    • personal clothing, overnight equipment, hiking boots *see equipment list for more details
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this hiking trek program will benefit from previous overnight hiking and camping experience.  Good physical fitness is a must, comfort and experience with carrying a pack is very useful.

    Is it safe?

    On all back country programs, we provide you with fully certified IFMGA / ACMG Mountain, alpine and hiking guides. This gives you the highest safety standards in the industry. While it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the equipment needed during the programs?

    On the overnight tenting programs we offer participants access to hiking or camping equipment at no extra charge, however you are welcome to bring your own.  This includes:  hiking poles, tent, sleeping pad, sleeping bag, stove, pots. Contact us for specifics and availability.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Glacier Hikes

    Expand your hiking adventure onto ancient ice, trek on glaciers with an alpine guide…

    We explore onto ice in Kokanee Glacier, Woodbury Glacier, Whitewater Pass, Starbird Pass, MacBeth Icefield, Horseshoe Glacier and more.  Programs for very advanced hikers can be done in a two day program, usually three for more enjoyment in the alpine.

    With a certified alpine guide you’ll learn how to rope up and walk on the glacier and move safely around crevasses, learn to use an ice axe, may use crampons and perhaps even summit a small peak! Glacier trekking can be a fun experience with a group or family and gives a window into the high mountain alpine terrain.

    We offer a number of backpacking hikes that access glaciers, each different from one another, choose from one of our classics below or visit our favorite trails page for inspiration.

    Tent Based

    Whitewater Glacier
    Mt. Brennan Glacier
    MacBeth Icefield
    Horseshoe Glacier

    Hut Based

    Kokanee Glacier

     

    Itinerary

    The complete itinerary is somewhat flexible and will vary depending on participant needs, weather, conditions and course location. To maximize your learning, this course will either be based at a remote mountain hut or a back country camp.

    Below is a sample itinerary for a four day program. 

    Day 1: Pre-trip meeting 5 PM in Nelson (2 hours)

  • Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda, waiver.
  • Review of planed itinerary and current conditions
  • Gear & meals check; session on packing strategy
  • Day 2 Hike in to remote mountain hut or back country camp location

  • early morning meet a predetermined location or trail head
  • 3-7 hour hike to base camp, varies on trail difficulty
  • set up tents, evening meal and optional session
  • For students on a course skills sessions covered include pacing and walking tips, navigation (maps, compass and GPS skills), preparedness, safe route selection and more.

    Day 3 Walking on Glacial Ice

  • early camp breakfast
  • skills sessions on ice including knots, rope management, pacing, crampon/ice axe use and hike to summit or view point
  • evening meal and optional session
  • Day 4 Hike out

  • early camp breakfast
  • small morning hike & camp pack up
  • 3-7 hour hike out & return to town
  • Prerequisites

    Programs are beginner to advanced.  Good physical fitness, comfort and experience with hiking and carrying a pack. Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability. 

    Please contact us to discuss your background and which location would suit you best.  No previous climbing or mountaineering experience is required for this experience but is useful, consider a beginner rock climbing course.

    Equipment

    Glacier_Hikes_Equipment_List.pdf

    Weather

    Due to the higher elevations, proximity to dominant winds and weather conditions, mountain weather is difficult to predict. It is most often worse than the weather in the surrounding valleys and can change quickly as it is really hard to predict for more than 24hrs ahead. 

    In summer you expect temperatures to be from 10 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Temperatures are much colder at higher elevations, even in the summer. It is not uncommon to have overnight freezing temperatures in the alpine, outside a mountain hut or near a back country camp. 

    It is always an interesting challenge to know exactly what you are going to get, therefore is important to be flexible with timing and not too attached to a particular goal or objective.  Be prepared by bringing all required items, this ensure you will be dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation.

    Location

    Our backpacking glacier hikes programs occur in the Valhalla Mountains, Goat Range, Selkirk and Purcell Mountains near Kaslo, Nelson and New Denver.

    Contact your guide by phone or email the week before for meeting location.  Your guide will do a two hour briefing and packing demonstration the night in Nelson.

    Services Included

    • Pre-course planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Hiking Guide, Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
    • 20 years of experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • technical mountain equipment (crampons, ice axe, rope, harness)
    • group kitchen, cooking supplies
    • hut costs
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan
    • Group safety equipment

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • dinners & breakfast meals on trip, available for $45/night
    • national park wilderness pass $10/night
    • personal clothing, overnight equipment, hiking/mountaineering boots *see equipment list for more details
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • transportation to trailhead
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this backpacking and glacier walking program will benefit from previous hiking experience.  Good physical fitness is a must, comfort and experience with carrying an overnight pack is very useful.

    Is it safe?

    On all back country programs, we provide you with fully certified IFMGA / ACMG Mountain, alpine and hiking guides. This gives you the highest safety standards in the industry. While it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the equipment needed during the programs?

    On the overnight tenting programs we offer participants access to hiking or camping equipment at no extra charge, however you are welcome to bring your own.  This includes:  glacier trekking equipment, hiking poles, tent, sleeping pad, sleeping bag, stove, pots etc. Contact us for specifics and availability.

    Where can I purchase personal and safety equipment?

    We have some equipment available for rent, contact us.  If you’d like to buy gear consider outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent/buy gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Overnight Alpine Hikes

    Immerse yourself in the alpine in a remote mountain hut or back country camping experience...

    Overnight backpacking guided hikes allow you to enjoy and begin to understand the beauty and unique vistas in the back country.  You can keep your pack light by staying at a hut or enjoy the challenge of ascending with your hotel on your back.  Invest a third day to explore the pristine mountains and discover the stories behind the unique alpine flora and fauna. 

    The West Kootenay hiking near Nelson, Kaslo and New Denver provides a diverse array established wilderness trails for beginner walkers to very experienced hikers.  We can build a multi-day hiking program to suit you, a family or a groups interests, experience and taste for adventure!

    Enjoy the pristine and rugged mountain scenery on trails in Valhalla Provincial Park, Kokanee Glacier Provincial Park, Goat Range Provincial Park and many unique destinations.  We offer a number of backpacking hikes, each different from one another, choose from one of our classics below or visit our favorite trails page for inspiration.

    Easy Low Elevation & Shoulder Season

    Fry Creek Canyon, Pilot Bay Penisula, Slocan Lakeshore & Beatrice Lake

    Moderate Alpine Hikes

    Kokanee Glacier Chalet & Glory Basin, Gwilliam Lakes & Lucifer Pass, Monica Meadows & Starbird Pass, Whitewater Canyon & Pass, Alps Alturus & Marten Mt.

    Moderate to Advanced Alpine Hikes

    Gimli Ridge & Mulvey Basin, Lyle Basin & Mt. Brennon, McKeen Lakes & Wooden Peak, Mt.Loki or Heart Lakes, Around Silverspray or Woodbury Cabins

    Itinerary

    The complete itinerary is somewhat flexible and will vary depending on participant needs, weather, conditions and hike location. We will either hike in to and be based at a remote mountain hut or a back country camp.

    Below is a sample itinerary for a four day program.  For backpacking courses, skills sessions covered include pacing and walking tips, navigation (maps, compass and GPS skills), preparedness, safe route selection and more.

    Day 1: Pre-trip meeting 5 PM in Nelson (2 hours)

  • Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda, waiver.
  • Review of planed itinerary and current conditions
  • Gear & meals check; session on packing strategy
  • Day 2 Hike in to remote mountain hut or back country camp location

  • early morning meet a predetermined location or trail head
  • 3-7 hour hike to base camp, varies on trail difficulty
  • set up tents, evening meal and optional session
  • Day 3 Explore alpine meadows, pass or summits

  • early camp breakfast
  • day hike from base camp
  • evening meal and optional session
  • Day 4 Hike out

  • early camp breakfast
  • small morning hike & camp pack up
  • 3-7 hour hike out & return to town
  • Prerequisites

    Programs are beginner to advanced.  Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability. 

    Good physical fitness and ability to carry a pack is required.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of backpacking location would suit you best.

    Equipment

    Backpacking_Equipment_List.pdf

    Weather

    Due to the higher elevations, proximity to dominant winds and weather conditions, mountain weather is difficult to predict. It is most often worse than the weather in the surrounding valleys and can change quickly as it is really hard to predict for more than 24hrs ahead. 

    In summer you expect temperatures to be from 10 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Temperatures are much colder at higher elevations, even in the summer. It is not uncommon to have overnight freezing temperatures in the alpine, outside a mountain hut or near a back country camp. 

    It is always an interesting challenge to know exactly what you are going to get, therefore is important to be flexible with timing and not too attached to a particular goal or objective.  Be prepared by bringing all required items, this ensure you will be dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation.

    Location

    Our backpacking programs occur in the Valhalla Mountains, Goat Range, Selkirk and Purcell Mountains near Kaslo, Slocan City, Nelson and New Denver.

    Contact your guide by phone or email the week before for meeting location.  Your guide will do a two hour briefing and packing demonstration the night in Nelson.

    Services Included

    • Pre-course planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Hiking Guide, Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • technical mountain equipment
    • group kitchen, tarp, cooking supplies
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan
    • Group safety equipment

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • dinners & breakfast meals on trip, available for $45/night
    • hut based add $30/night
    • personal clothing, overnight equipment, hiking boots *see equipment list for more details
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • transportation costs or heli-drop if applicable
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this backpacking program will benefit from previous hiking experience.  Good physical fitness is a must, comfort and experience with carrying a pack is very useful.

    Is it safe?

    On all back country programs, we provide you with fully certified IFMGA / ACMG Mountain, alpine and hiking guides. This gives you the highest safety standards in the industry. While it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the equipment needed during the programs?

    On the overnight tenting programs we offer participants access to hiking or camping equipment at no extra charge, however you are welcome to bring your own.  This includes:  hiking poles, tent, sleeping pad, sleeping bag, stove, pots. Contact us for specifics and availability.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Introduction to Mountaineering

    Discover the rewards and freedom of mountaineering...

    This 4 or 5 day course is a comprehensive introduction to general mountaineering on rock, snow, glaciers and mixed terrain. It is designed for people with minimal experience.

    On this course, you will learn basic mountain travel techniques along with entry level rock, snow & ice climbing skills to start mountaineering. 


    Some of the skills covered include:

    • Basic movement skills on rock
    • Basic knots & rope handling
    • Commands & belaying
    • Top-rope climbing on rock & rappelling
    • Basic rock anchor construction
    • Ice axe and crampon use
    • Movement skills on mixed, snow & ice terrain
    • Self-arrests & glacier travel skills
    • Basic snow & ice anchors
    • Crevasse rescue fundamentals
    • Hazard management & preparedness
    • Route selection & emergency procedures
    • Navigation (maps, compass and GPS skills)
    • Possible basic peak ascents

    Depending on conditions and course length, it may not be possible to cover all topics. For a custom trip or more information Contact us

    Itinerary

    The complete itinerary is somewhat flexible and will vary depending on participant needs, weather, conditions and course location. To maximize your learning, this course will either be based at a remote mountain hut or a backcountry camp.

    Sample 5 day itinerary:

    Pre-trip meeting; 7:00 PM in town (2 hours)

  • Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda, waiver.
  • Review of planed itinerary and current conditions
  • Issue of required gear and session on packing strategy
  • *Day 1: Rock Skills day; 8:00 AM meeting at local climbing site

  • Intro to common rock climbing equipment
  • Movement skills intro and bouldering
  • Basic knots, belaying, rope handling and commands
  • Rock climbing with the safety of a rope
  • Integration of movement skills while roped climbing
  • Climb, climb, climb!
  • Practice belaying, rappelling and anchor construction if time allows
  • Course debrief and wrap-up by 5:00pm
  • *Note on Day 1: Some course locations allow us to cover all the skills in the field as part of our out trip. If this is the case with the chosen location, we would hike into the mountains on day 1.

    Day 1 or 2 through 4: Remote mountain hut or backcountry camp location

  • On these intense backcountry based days we will focus on snow, ice and glacier skills and plan on a few basic mountaineering ascents. The proximity of the mountain environment will provide with many learning opportunities for the students. Some of the topics that will be covered in this section include movement skills on mixed, snow and ice terrain, ice axe and crampon use, self-arrests, snow and glacier travel skills, navigation (maps, compass and GPS skills), preparedness, emergency procedures, basic hazard assessment, safe route selection, basic snow & ice anchors, roped travel and crevasse rescue fundamentals
  • Day 5: Last day

  • We will have some time in the morning to touch up on any of the previously learned skills or try something new! The after-noon will be spent hiking out and returning to civilization
  • Prerequisites

    For the five day program, no previous climbing experience is required for this course, it is an asset. A desire to learn along with a positive attitude will get you a long ways! For the shorter course, four day program, participants must have previous climbing training and experience.

    Good physical fitness is a must, comfort and experience with overnight backpacking and carrying heavy packs is very usefull. This course provide a good oportunity to learn how to walk off trails, in snow (at times deep), on glacier ice (with or without crampons) and on uneven rocky terrain.

    Equipment

    Mountaineering_Equipment_List.pdf

    Weather

    Due to the higher elevations, proximity to dominant winds and weather conditions, mountain weather is difficult to predict. It is most often worse than the weather in the surrounding valleys and can change quickly as it is really hard to predict for more than 24hrs ahead. 

    In summer you expect temperatures to be from 10 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Temperatures are much colder at higher elevations, even in the summer. It is not uncommon to have overnight freezing temperatures in the alpine, outside a mountain hut or near a back country camp. 

    It is always an interesting challenge to know exactly what you are going to get, therefore is important to be flexible with timing and not too attached to a particular goal or objective.  Be prepared by bringing all required items, this ensure you will be dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation.

    Location

    This course is available in the Nelson area, the Canadian Rockies, the Coast mountains and the European Alps.

    Some of the areas we often visit on the Nelson courses include; Kokanee Glacier ProvincialPark, Valhalla Provincial Parks & Goat range Provincial Park in the Selkirk mountains, The MacBeth Icefields, the Horseshoe Glacier and Starbird Pass near Glacier creek in the Purcell mountains.

    Services Included

    • Pre-course planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
    • 20 years of experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • technical gear including ice axes, crampons, harnesses, helmets, prussix, carabiner (or use your own)
    • Rope use & all technical equipment
    • ACC huts costs
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan
    • Group safety equipment

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • dinners & breakfast meals on trip, available for $45/night
    • national park wilderness passes ~$10/night
    • personal clothing, overnight equipment, mountaineering boots *see equipment list for more details
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    Participants will benefit from previous experience however, no previous mountaineering or climbing experience is needed to join this entry level course. Good physical fitness is a must, comfort and experience with overnight backpacking on and off trails is very useful.

    Is it safe?

    On all our courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the industry. Mountaineering remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the equipment needed during the programs?

    On this program we offer participants access to all the technical equipment at no extra charge. This includes; harnesses, helmets, belay device, carabineers, ice axes, crampons and much more. Contact us for specific sizes and availability.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.vpo.ca

    Advanced Mountaineering

    Broaden, fine tune and learn new skills; this intensive course is for intermediate to advanced mountaineers...

    This 4 to 5 day course is for people interested in fine tuning their existing mountaineering skills & bringing them up to the next level. On this course, you will learn modern advanced mountaineering skills from professional mountain guides.

    Participants will have opportunities to practice leading on various ascents or descents while being safely supervised and get constructive feedback from the instructors. To fully grasp this course, students must have previous rock climbing and mountaineering experience.

    The topics covered include:

    • Advanced rope handling
    • Advanced snow and glacier travel
    • Improvised snow, rock & ice anchors
    • Ice climbing & alpine rock climbing
    • Ascent & descent progression in mixed alpine terrain
    • Advanced crevasse rescue
    • Advanced navigation, route planning & mountain weather
    • Hazard management and leadership
    • Various peak ascents

    Depending on conditions and course length, it may not be possible to cover all topics. For a custom trip or more information Contact us

    Itinerary

    The Advanced Mountaineering Course is a 4 to 5 day program. The itinerary is somewhat flexible and will vary depending on weather, conditions and course location. To maximize your learning, this course will either be based at a remote mountain hut or a backcountry camp. The proximity of the mountain environment will provide with many learning opportunities for the students. Below is a sample itinerary:


    Pre-trip meeting; 7:00 PM in town (2 hours)

  • Welcome, introduction, goals, agenda & waivers.
  • Review of planed itinerary and current conditions
  • Issue of required gear and session on packing strategy

  • Day 1: Drive, hike in & set up camp

    After an early start, we will drive to the trail head and hike into the backcountry location selected for the course. Once the camp is established, we will spend the remainder of the day reviewing and learning skills like movement on snow & ice, rope management, advanced navigation & route planing, hazard management & leadership. When ever possible, the instructor will give participant the opportunity to practice leadership skills


    Day 2: Skills Review Day

    Day 2 focus is to review, standardize and integrate some of the advanced mountaineering skills and techniques. Some of the topics covered in this section include advanced snow and glacier travel, ice climbing as well as advanced crevasse rescue. We will also continue building on yesterday’s skills.


    Day 3 to 5: More Skills and Peak Ascents

    The focus on these last 3 days is to ascend various peaks and routes while continuing to work on various mountaineering skills and give ample leadership opportunities to participants. Topics covered in this section include: ascent & descent progression in mixed alpine terrain, improvised snow/rock & ice anchors and alpine rock climbing skills. 

    Participant will be responsible for choosing some of the objectives and the skills they are interested on expanding on. On the last day, we will try and accomplish one last peak ascent before hiking out and returning to civilization. The exact return time is flexible and depends on participant goals and needs

    Prerequisites

    Varied outdoor rock climbing experience with comfort climbing 5.8, experience with rope management and previous rock climbing course (intro to advanced) is useful. Previous mountaineering experience or participation in an introduction to mountaineering course is required.  Excellent physical fitness and ability to carry heavy pack on rocky terrain, snow and off trails. 

    Equipment

    Advanced Mountaineering equipment list

    Weather

    Due to the higher elevations, proximity to dominant winds and weather conditions, mountain weather is difficult to predict. It is most often worse than the weather in the surrounding valleys and can change quickly as it is really hard to predict for more than 24hrs ahead. 

    In summer you expect temperatures to be from 10 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Temperatures are much colder at higher elevations, even in the summer. It is not uncommon to have overnight freezing temperatures in the alpine, outside a mountain hut or near a back country camp. 

    It is always an interesting challenge to know exactly what you are going to get, therefore is important to be flexible with timing and not too attached to a particular goal or objective.  Be prepared by bringing all required items, this ensure you will be dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation.

    Location

    This course is available in the Selkirk mountains, the Canadian Rockies, the Coast mountains and the European Alps.

    Some of the areas we often visit on the Nelson courses include; Kokanee Glacier Provincial Park, Valhalla Provincial Parks & Goat range Provincial Park in the Selkirk mountains, The MacBeth Icefields, the Horseshoe Glacier and Starbird Pass near Glacier creek in the Purcell mountains.

    Services Included

    • Pre-course planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
    • 20 years of experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • Rope use & all technical equipment
    • hut costs
    • wilderness permits for national parks
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan
    • Group safety equipment

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • dinners & breakfast meals on trip, available for $45/night
    • technical gear including ice axe, crampons, helmet, harness, prussix cords, carabiners *SMG rentals $30 day
    • personal clothing, overnight equipment, mountaineering boots *see equipment list for more details
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • transport to trailhead
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    Varied outdoor rock climbing experience with comfort climbing 5.8, experience with rope management and previous rock climbing course (intro to advanced) is useful. Previous mountaineering experience or participation in an introduction to mountaineering course is required.  Excellent physical fitness and ability to carry heavy pack on rocky terrain, snow and off trails. 

    Is it safe?

    On all our courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the industry. Mountaineering remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the equipment needed during the programs?

    On this program we offer participants access to all the technical equipment at no extra charge. This includes; harnesses, helmets, belay device, carabineers, ice axes, crampons and much more. Contact us for specific sizes and availability.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.vpo.ca

    Snow & Ice Focus

    A condensed program designed to boost your snow, ice & glaciers skills...

    This 3 day course is a condensed introduction to mountaineering with a focus on snow, ice and glacier travel skills.

    It is specially designed for motivated students just starting up or people with previous exposure to mountaineering & rock climbing looking to refresh specific skills. 


    The skills covered include:

    • Review of ice axe and crampon use
    • Movement skills on mixed, snow and ice terrain
    • Self-arrests, rope handling & glacier travel skills
    • Snow & ice anchors
    • Crevasse rescue
    • Hazard management & preparedness
    • Route selection & emergency procedures
    • Navigation (maps, compass and GPS skills)
    • Peak attempt

    Depending on conditions and course length, it may not be possible to cover all topics. For a custom trip or more information Contact us

    Itinerary

    The complete itinerary is somewhat flexible and will vary depending on participant needs, weather, conditions and course location. To maximize your learning, this course will either be based at a remote mountain hut or a backcountry camp. Below is a sample itinerary:

    Pre-trip meeting; 7:00 PM in town (2 hours)

  • Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda, waiver.
  • Review of planed itinerary and current conditions
  • Issue of required gear and session on packing strategy

  • Day 1 to 3: Remote mountain hut or backcountry camp location

  • On these intense 3 backcountry based days we will focus on snow, ice and glacier skills and hopefully get a chance to ascend a local peak. The proximity of the mountain environment will provide with many learning opportunities for the students. Some of the topics that will be covered include movement skills on mixed, snow and ice terrain, ice axe and crampon use, self-arrests, snow and glacier travel skills, navigation (maps, compass and GPS skills), preparedness, emergency procedures, hazard assessment, safe route selection, snow & ice anchors, roped travel on glaciers and crevasse rescue fundamentals
  • Prerequisites

    On this course, students will benefit from previous mountaineering and rock climbing experience. This is a fast tract mountaineering program suitable for motivated students. Good physical fitness is a must, comfort and experience with overnight backpacking and carrying heavy packs on and off trails is required, previous mountaineering exposure an asset.

    A desire to learn along with a positive attitude will get you a long ways!

    Equipment

    Mountaineering_Equipment_List.pdf

    Weather

    Due to the higher elevations, proximity to dominant winds and weather conditions, mountain weather is difficult to predict. It is most often worse than the weather in the surrounding valleys and can change quickly as it is really hard to predict for more than 24hrs ahead. 

    In summer you expect temperatures to be from 10 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Temperatures are much colder at higher elevations, even in the summer. It is not uncommon to have overnight freezing temperatures in the alpine, outside a mountain hut or near a back country camp. 

    It is always an interesting challenge to know exactly what you are going to get, therefore is important to be flexible with timing and not too attached to a particular goal or objective.  Be prepared by bringing all required items, this ensure you will be dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation.

    Location

    This course is available in the Nelson area, the Canadian Rockies, the Coast mountains and the European Alps.

    Some of the areas we often visit on the Nelson courses include; Kokanee Glacier ProvincialPark, Valhalla Provincial Parks & Goat range Provincial Park in the Selkirk mountains, The MacBeth Icefields, the Horseshoe Glacier and Starbird Pass near Glacier creek in the Purcell mountains.

    Services Included

    • Pre-course planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
    • 20 years of experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • technical gear including ice axes, crampons, harnesses, helmets, prussix, carabiner (or use your own)
    • hut fees or tent based camp equipment
    • wilderness permits
    • Rope use & all technical equipment
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan
    • Group safety equipment

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • dinners & breakfast meals on trip, available for $45/night
    • personal clothing, overnight equipment, mountaineering boots *see equipment list for more details
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • transportation to trail head
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this course, students will benefit from previous mountaineering and rock climbing experience. This fast tract intro to mountaineering course may also be suitable for motivated students just starting up. Good physical fitness is a must, comfort and experience with overnight backpacking and carrying heavy packs on and off trails is very useful.

    Is it safe?

    On all our courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the industry. Mountaineering remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the equipment needed during the programs?

    On this program we offer participants access to all the technical equipment at no extra charge. This includes; harnesses, helmets, belay device, carabineers, ice axes, crampons and much more. Contact us for specific sizes and availability.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.vpo.ca

    Crevasse Rescue

    Learn modern crevasse rescue techniques & glacier travel skills...

    This 1 day course is designed for mountaineers & skiers interested in learning the skills required for safe glacier travel and crevasse rescue.

    Our winter courses are designed for backcountry skiers while our summer courses specifically target the skills relevant to summer mountaineers.

    We offer this course in a variety of locations in Western Canada and the European Alps.

    Itinerary

  • 8:00 AM meeting at local practice site
  • Review of relevant skills & glacier morphology
  • Glacier travel & roping up
  • Introduction to snow & ice anchors
  • Snow & ice anchor construction practice
  • Crevasse rescue fundamentals theory & practice
  • Rope ascending practice
  • Additional skills if time permits
  • Course debrief and wrap-up by 5:00pm
  • Prerequisites

    On this course, students will benefit from previous mountaineering and rock climbing experience. Good physical fitness is a must, comfort and experience with walking off trail and carrying a large day packs is very useful.

    A desire to learn along with a positive attitude will get you a long ways!

    Equipment

    Summer Crevasse Rescue Equipment List

    Weather

    Due to the higher elevations, proximity to dominant winds and weather conditions, mountain weather is difficult to predict. It is most often worse than the weather in the surrounding valleys and can change quickly as it is really hard to predict for more than 24hrs ahead. 

    In summer you expect temperatures to be from 10 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Temperatures are much colder at higher elevations, even in the summer. It is not uncommon to have overnight freezing temperatures in the alpine, outside a mountain hut or near a back country camp. 

    It is always an interesting challenge to know exactly what you are going to get, therefore is important to be flexible with timing and not too attached to a particular goal or objective.  Be prepared by bringing all required items, this ensure you will be dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation.

    Location

    This course is available in the Nelson area, the Canadian Rockies, the Coast mountains and the European Alps.

    Some of the areas we often visit on the Nelson courses include; Kokanee Glacier ProvincialPark, Valhalla Provincial Parks & Goat range Provincial Park in the Selkirk mountains, The MacBeth Icefields, the Horseshoe Glacier and Starbird Pass near Glacier creek in the Purcell mountains.

    Services Included

    • Pre-course planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
    • 20 years of experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • Rope use & all group technical equipment
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan
    • Group safety equipment

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • personal clothing, overnight equipment, mountaineering boots *see equipment list for more details
    • mountaineering equipment (ice axe, crampons, helmet, harness, prussix, carabiners) *SMG rental $30/day
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    Is the equipment different on winter courses?

    Absolutely! Winter crevasse rescue courses are usually done on skis. For this course you will need all the regular ski touring equipment plus crevasse rescue gear. Here is a link to our Winter Crevasses Rescue Course Equipment List:

    Winter Crevasse Rescue Equipment List

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this course, students will benefit from previous mountaineering and rock climbing experience. However, it is not necessary. Good physical fitness is a must, comfort and experience with walking off trail and carrying a large day packs is very usefull.

    Is it safe?

    On all our courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the industry. Mountaineering remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the equipment needed during the programs?

    On this program we offer participants access to all the technical equipment at no extra charge. This includes; harnesses, helmets, belay device, carabineers, ice axes, crampons and much more. Contact us for specific sizes and availability.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.vpo.ca

    Day Skills Series

    Choose the specific mountaineering skills you want to focus on...

    Our Day Skills Series is for people interested in acquiring or refreshing very specific mountaineering skills. It is a 1, 2 or 3 day series where participants can choose from various skills.

    Whether you are interested in a specific skill or want to tackle the 3 day series, you will learn modern mountaineering skills from qualified instructors in a safe environment.

    Our Day Skills Series focuses on specific skills over 3 separate days;

    • Day skills 1: Ice Axe & Crampon use, Movement skills & Rope handling
    • Day skills 2: Crevasse Rescue and Snow & Ice Anchors
    • Day skills 3: Mountain Leadership & Hazard Management

    See itinerary below for more details

    We also offer various clinics on topics like: High altitude mountaineering, Rock Rescue, Expedition planning, Light & fast tactics, etc. Contact us for more information

     

    Itinerary

    Day Skills 1: Ice Axe & Crampon use, Movement skills & Rope handling

  • 8:00 AM meeting at local practice site
  • Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda
  • Issue of required gear
  • Movement skills on mixed, snow & ice terrain
  • Ice axe and crampon use
  • Self arrest practice
  • rope handling for snow & glacier travel
  • Course debrief and wrap-up by 4:30pm
  • Day Skills 2: Crevasse Rescue and Snow & Ice Anchors

  • 8:00 AM meeting at local practice site
  • Review of relevant skills & glacier morphology
  • Glacier travel & roping up
  • Introduction to snow & ice anchors
  • Snow & ice anchor construction practice
  • Crevasse rescue fundamentals theory & practice
  • Rope ascending practice
  • Additional skills if time permits
  • Course debrief and wrap-up by 4:30pm
  • Day Skills 3: Mountain Leadership & Hazard Management

  • 8:00 AM meeting at local indoor meeting room
  • Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda
  • Review or relevant skills
  • Mountain leadership skills session
  • Group management skills session
  • Hazard management discussion
  • Emergency procedures session
  • 13:00 PM meeting at outdoor practice site
  • Map, compass & navigation session
  • Route selection session
  • Additional skills if time permits
  • Course debrief and wrap-up by 4:30pm
  • The complete itinerary is somewhat flexible and will vary depending on participant interests, needs, weather, conditions and course location. Expect a full day in the mountain with an early start. For maximum value, it is possible to custom design and extend this program over a few days.

    Interested in more learning? We also offer various clinics on topics like: High altitude mountaineering, Rock Rescue, Expedition planning, Light & fast tactics, etc.

    Contact us for more information

    Prerequisites

    On this course, students will benefit from previous mountaineering and rock climbing experience. Previous experience note necessary. Good physical fitness is a must, comfort and experience with walking off trail and carrying a large day packs is very useful.

    A desire to learn along with a positive attitude will get you a long ways!

    Equipment

    Day_Skills_Equipment_List

    Weather

    Due to the higher elevations, proximity to dominant winds and weather conditions, mountain weather is difficult to predict. It is most often worse than the weather in the surrounding valleys and can change quickly as it is really hard to predict for more than 24hrs ahead. 

    In summer you expect temperatures to be from 10 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Temperatures are much colder at higher elevations, even in the summer. It is not uncommon to have overnight freezing temperatures in the alpine, outside a mountain hut or near a back country camp. 

    It is always an interesting challenge to know exactly what you are going to get, therefore is important to be flexible with timing and not too attached to a particular goal or objective.  Be prepared by bringing all required items, this ensure you will be dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation.

    Location

    This course is available in the Nelson area, the Canadian Rockies, the Coast mountains and the European Alps.

    Some of the areas we often visit on the Nelson courses include; Kokanee Glacier ProvincialPark, Valhalla Provincial Parks & Goat range Provincial Park in the Selkirk mountains, The MacBeth Icefields, the Horseshoe Glacier and Starbird Pass near Glacier creek in the Purcell mountains.

    Services Included

    • Pre-course planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
    • 20 years of experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • Rope use & all group technical equipment
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan
    • Group safety equipment

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • personal clothing, overnight equipment, mountaineering boots *see equipment list for more details
    • mountaineering equipment (ice axe, crampons, helmet, harness, prussix, carabiners) *SMG rental $30/day
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this course, students will benefit from previous mountaineering and rock climbing experience. However, it is not necessary. Good physical fitness is a must, comfort and experience with walking off trail and carrying a large day packs is very usefull.

    Is it safe?

    On all our courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the industry. Mountaineering remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the equipment needed during the programs?

    On this program we offer participants access to all the technical equipment at no extra charge. This includes; harnesses, helmets, belay device, carabineers, ice axes, crampons and much more. Contact us for specific sizes and availability.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.vpo.ca

    Nelson & Castlegar Rock

    Far from the crowds, the Nelson & Castlegar area offers a great variety of quality climbs...

    Located in South-Eastern British Columbia, The vibrant communities of Nelson & Castlegar are home to some of the finest rock climbing the BC interior.  Their geographical locations gives quick access to fantastic rock climbing in the Purcells, Monashees and Selkirks mountains. The area offers an interesting variety of sound rock types from granite or gniess to limestone.

    The climbing here is remote and offers many quality single and multi-pitch rock climbs far from the crowds. The Nelson and Castlegar areas have seen significant rock climbing development in recent years and with the publication of the new West Kootenay Rock Guide, climbers have more than 500 sports routes to choose from.

    Consider some local multipitch routes, David has put up near Nelson including:

    “The Date” on Pulpit Rock, Nelson (half day climb; 3 pitches) *for map and route description

    “Megawatts” near Brilliant Dam, Castlegar (full day climb, 8 pitches) *for map and route description

    “Whitewater Rocks”, moderate alpine rock climbing near Nelson (full day climb, 4-8 pitches) *for map and route description

    Summit Mountain Guides offers various 1 to 5 day rock climbing programs in the Nelson and West Kootenay area. Some of the rock site we climb at include: Kinnard Bluffs, Brilliant Bluff and the Waterline near Castlegar, Slocan Bluffs, Koch Creek slabs, Cougars Creek Bluffs and Skydome in the Slocan valley and various other local craggs like Pulpit rock, Woodbury bluff and Ymir bluffs.

    Itinerary

    Day rock climbing itineraries are somewhat flexible. A typical guided rock climbing day will start around 8:00 AM at a local cragg. Depending on group needs and particular climbs, we will generally be done before 5.00 PM.

    Prerequisites

    These guided outings are for climbers of all abilities. No previous climbing experience required. Previous outdoor or indoor climbing experience is an asset. Join us and safely learn this exciting sport from our skilled instructors. Learning oportunities abound for all experience levels.

    Equipment

    rock-climbing-equipment-list.doc

    Weather

    Spring and fall temperatures in the West Kootenays can vary wildly from 0C to +20C during the day. Conditions can change from warm sunshine to isolated showers quickly.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation tends to change within the day.

    Summer (July and August) tend to be more predictable but can be very hot. The average mid-day temperature in the summer usually ranges from +20C to +30C. A lightweight rain and/or wind shell can come in petty handy in the event of an afternoon thundershowers. Be sure to pack a ball cap, sunglasses along with sunscreen and extra water specially during the summer season, see equipment list for specific details.

    Location

    Participants will be meeting with the guide at 8:00 AM at a pre-establish outdoor rock climbing site in the West Kootenays. We will go over last minute equipment issues, review the planed itinerary and update you with present conditions.

    Services Included

    • Pre-trip planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Rock and Alpine guide services
    • 15 years of experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • All technical equipment
    • Emergency response plan
    • Group safety equipment

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On these guided trips, no previous climbing experience is required. Climbs will be selected based on participants ability and previous experiences. There is a challange for everyone including the most experienced!

    Is it safe?

    For all of our climbing programs and courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the Canadian and international industry. Rock climbing remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Do I need any of my own climbing equipment?

    On these guided outings, participant require all thier personal equipment; harnesses, helmets, rock shoes, belay device and carabiners. Summit Mountain Guides has a limited selection of equipment available for rental at affordable rates. Let us know if you need any particular gear/sizes or if you plan to bring your own.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Summit Mountain Guides has a limited amount of equipment available for rental. Contact us for availability. Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Canadian Rockies Rock Climbing

    The Canadian Rockies are a world class rock climbing destination…

    Famous for their well preserved wilderness and natural beauty, the Canadian Rockies near Banff and Jasper National parks offer the highest concentration and variety of single and multi pitch rock climbs in Canada. The limestone & quartzite rock walls surrounding the mountain communities of Canmore, Banff, Lake Lousie and Jasper boast a life time of long quality climbs for you to discover.

    Whether you are an individual with specific goals, interested in single or multi pitch climbs of various difficulties or a group/family looking for a fun day out climbing on rock, we have a program for you. Summit Mountain Guides offers day and multi-day guided rock climbing program in the Canadian Rockies from June through September.

    Some of the crags and cliffs we enjoy climbing at in the Bow Valley and Kananaskis country include: the Back of the Lake Crags in Lake Louise, the Grand Sentinel, the Tower of Babel, Guides Rock, Tunnel Mountain, the East end of Rundle, Kanga cliff, Grassy Lakes, Cougar creek, Heart creek crags and slabs, Kid Goat, Yamnuska, Barrier bluffs, Wasootch Slabs and more.

    Itinerary

    Day rock climbing itineraries are somewhat flexible. A typical guided rock climbing day will start around 8:00 AM at a local cragg. Depending on group needs and particular climbs, we will generally be done before 5.00 PM. Some of the longer multi-pitch routes may require an earlier start.

    Prerequisites

    These guided outings are for climbers of all abilities. No previous climbing experience required. Previous outdoor or indoor climbing experience is an asset. Join us and safely learn this exciting sport from our skilled instructors. Learning oportunities abound for all experience levels.

    Equipment

    rock-climbing-equipment-list.doc

    Weather

    Spring and fall temperatures in the Canadian Rockies can vary wildly from 0C to +20C during the day. Conditions can change from warm sunshine to isolated showers quickly.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation tends to change within the day.

    Summer (July and August) tend to be more predictable and daytime temperatures can vary from 15C to sometime 30c. The average mid-day temperature in the summer usually ranges from 20C to 25C. A lightweight rain and/or wind shell can come in petty handy in the event of an afternoon thundershowers. Be sure to pack a ball cap, sunglasses along with sunscreen and extra water specially during the summer season, see equipment list for specific details.

    Location

    Participants will be meeting with the guide at 8:00 AM at a pre-establish outdoor rock climbing site in the Canadian Rockies. We will go over last minute equipment issues, review the planed itinerary and update you with present conditions.

    Services Included

  • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Rock and Alpine guide services
  • 15 years of experience in the area
  • Alternative plan based on current conditions
  • All technical equipment
  • Emergency response plan
  • Group safety equipment
  • FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On these guided trips, no previous climbing experience is required. Climbs will be selected based on participants ability and previous experiences. There is a challange for everyone including the most experienced!

    Is it safe?

    For all of our climbing programs and courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the Canadian and international industry. Rock climbing remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Do I need any of my own climbing equipment?

    On these guided outings, participant require all thier personal equipment; harnesses, helmets, rock shoes, belay device and carabiners. Summit Mountain Guides has a limited selection of equipment available for rental at affordable rates. Let us know if you need any particular gear/sizes or if you plan to bring your own.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Summit Mountain Guides has a limited amount of equipment available for rental. Contact us for availability. Here are a few outdoor stores in the Canadain Rockies that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Canmore:

    Valhalla Pure Outfitters: (403) 678-5610 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Banff:

    Mountain Magic Equipment: (403) 762-2591 www.mountainmagic.com
    Monod Sports: (403) 762-4571 www.monodsports.com

    Lake Louise:

    Wilson Mountain Sports: (866) 929-3636 www.lakelouisewilsons.com

    Golden:

    180 Mountain Sports: (250) 344-4699 www.180golden.com
    Selkirk Source for Sports: (250) 344-2966

    Squamish Rock Climbing

    Squamish, British Columbia is one of the world’s finest granite rock climbing area…

    Located on the West coast of Canada, along the Vancouver-Whistler corridor, the town of Squamish and the Squamish Chief is a rock climber’s paradise. “The Chief”, a 700m granite monolith, and its surrounding rock bluffs boast a fantastic density of granite slabs and crack climbs. The area is a traditional climber’s dream as it offers an incredible variety of long quality multi-pitch and single pitch crack climbs. Join us and discover this Canadian gem.

    Summit Mountain Guides offers day and multi-day guided rock climbing programs in the Squamish and Sea to Sky region from April through October. Whether you are an individual with a specific goal, interested in single or multi pitch climbs of various difficulties or a group/family looking for a fun day out on the rock, we have a program for you. We specialize in custom designing guided rock climbing programs and trips.

    Some of the crags and cliff we often visit in the Squamish area include, the Squamish Chief, the Grand wall, the Squaw, the Apron, the Smoke bluffs, Murrin park, Mount Habrich, the Malamute, Cheakamus Canyon and more…

    Itinerary

    Day rock climbing itineraries are somewhat flexible. A typical guided rock climbing day will start around 8:00 AM at a local crag. Depending on group needs and particular climbs, we will generally be done before 5.00 PM. Some of the longer multi-pitch routes may require an earlier start.

    Prerequisites

    These guided outings are for climbers of all abilities. No previous climbing experience required. Previous outdoor or indoor climbing experience is an asset. Join us and safely learn this exciting sport from our skilled instructors. Learning oportunities abound for all experience levels.

    Equipment

    rock-climbing-equipment-list.doc

    Weather

    Temperatures and weather conditions in Squamish tend to be more predictable from May through August. The averaged daytime high for May and June is between 17c and 20c; it sits between 22c and 23c for the months of July and August. Statistically these months are also very dry compared to the rest of the year with July being the driest.

    Daily conditions can sometimes change from warm sunshine to isolated showers quickly.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change within the day. A lightweight rain and/or wind shell can come in petty handy in the event of an afternoon thundershowers. Be sure to pack a ball cap, sunglasses along with sunscreen and extra water especially during the summer season, see equipment list for specific details.

    Location

    Participants will be meeting with the guide at 8:00 AM at a pre-establish outdoor rock climbing site in the Squamish area. We will go over last minute equipment issues, review the planed itinerary and update you with present conditions.

    Services Included

  • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Rock and Alpine guide services
  • 15 years of experience in the area
  • Alternative plan based on current conditions
  • All technical equipment
  • Emergency response plan
  • Group safety equipment
  • FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On these guided trips, no previous climbing experience is required. Climbs will be selected based on participants ability and previous experiences. There is a challange for everyone including the most experienced!

    Is it safe?

    For all of our climbing programs and courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the Canadian and international industry. Rock climbing remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Do I need any of my own climbing equipment?

    On these guided outings, participant require all thier personal equipment; harnesses, helmets, rock shoes, belay device and carabiners. Summit Mountain Guides has a limited selection of equipment available for rental at affordable rates. Let us know if you need any particular gear/sizes or if you plan to bring your own.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Summit Mountain Guides has a limited amount of equipment available for rental. Contact us for availability. Here are a few outdoor stores in the Vancouver-Squamish-Whistler area that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Vancouver:   

    Valhalla Pure Outfitters: (604)-872-8872 www.shop.vpo.ca
    Mountain Equipment Co-op: (604) 872-7858 www.mec.ca

    Squamish: 

    Valhalla Pure Outfitters: (604) 892-9092 www.shop.vpo.ca
    Climb On: (604) 892-2243 climbonsquamish.com

    Whistler:

    Escape Route: 1-888-898-3277 www.escaperoute.ca

    Skaha & other BC Rock Climbing

    Discover British Columbia’s popular rock climbing regions with a guide…

    British Columbia is blessed with a diverse variety of ecosystems along with a fascinating Geology; this has sculpted many attractive cliffs awaiting the keen climbers. BC is peppered with quality bluffs and rock walls featuring various rock types, Skaha near Penticton in the Okanagan valley is a fine example with fantastic sport and trad climbing on compact gneiss. Curious climbers visiting the West Coast area, the BC Interior, the Okanagan valley, the Columbia and the Kootenay regions will be pleasantly surprised by the quality and variety of rock climbing available.

    Summit Mountain Guides offers day and multi-day guided rock climbing programs in all of the most popular climbing areas in British Columbia from April through October. Whether you are an individual with a specific goal, interested in single or multi pitch climbs of various difficulties or a group/family looking for a fun day out on the rock, we have a program for you. We specialize in custom designing guided rock climbing programs and trips.

    Some of the crags and cliffs we often visit in British Columbia include, Skaha bluffs near Penticton, Cougar Canyon near Vernon, the Kelowna crags, Roche Lake near Kamloops, Yak peak in the Hope region, Marble Canyon in the Lillooet area, Begbie bluffs, Lauretta slabs & Water world in the Revelstoke area, Spilli bluffs near Golden, the Grand wall, the Smoke bluffs and the Chief in the Squamish area, and more…

    Itinerary

    Day rock climbing itineraries are somewhat flexible. A typical guided rock climbing day will start around 8:00 AM at a local cragg. Depending on group needs and particular climbs, we will generally be done before 5.00 PM.

    Prerequisites

    These guided outings are for climbers of all abilities. No previous climbing experience required. Previous outdoor or indoor climbing experience is an asset. Join us and safely learn this exciting sport from our skilled instructors. Learning oportunities abound for all experience levels.

    Equipment

    rock-climbing-equipment-list.doc

    Weather

    Temperatures and weather conditions in British Columbia tend to be more predictable from July through September. The averaged daytime high for July and August is between 25c and 28c. Statistically these months are also very dry compared to the rest of the year with August being the driest. Spring and Fall also offer great climbing weather, April, May and June are good months for rock climbing on sunny cliffs although the weather is a little more unpredictable. September and October are both very good month for rock climbing in BC with cooler temperature but more predictable weather conditions.

    Daily conditions can sometimes change from warm sunshine to isolated showers quickly.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change within the day. A lightweight rain and/or wind shell can come in petty handy in the event of an afternoon thundershowers. Be sure to pack a ball cap, sunglasses along with sunscreen and extra water especially during the summer season, see equipment list for specific details.

    Location

    Participants will be meeting with the guide at 8:00 AM at a pre-establish outdoor BC rock climbing site. We will go over last minute equipment issues, review the planed itinerary and update you with present conditions.

    Services Included

  • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Rock and Alpine guide services
  • 15 years of experience in the area
  • Alternative plan based on current conditions
  • All technical equipment
  • Emergency response plan
  • Group safety equipment
  • FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On these guided trips, no previous climbing experience is required. Climbs will be selected based on participants ability and previous experiences. There is a challange for everyone including the most experienced!

    Is it safe?

    For all of our climbing programs and courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the Canadian and international industry. Rock climbing remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Do I need any of my own climbing equipment?

    On these guided outings, participant require all thier personal equipment; harnesses, helmets, rock shoes, belay device and carabiners. Summit Mountain Guides has a limited selection of equipment available for rental at affordable rates. Let us know if you need any particular gear/sizes or if you plan to bring your own.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Summit Mountain Guides has a limited amount of equipment available for rental. Contact us for availability. Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Abbotsford:

    Valhalla Pure Outfitters: (604) 850 5523 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Banff:

    Mountain Magic Equipment: (403) 762-2591 www.mountainmagic.com
    Monod Sports: (403) 762-4571 www.monodsports.com

    Canmore:

    Valhalla Pure Outfitters: (403) 678-5610 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Golden:

    180 Mountain Sports: (250) 344-4699 www.180golden.com
    Selkirk Source for Sports: (250) 344-2966

    Kamloops:

    Valhalla Pure Outfitters: (250) 377 0157 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Kelowna:

    Valhalla Pure Outfitters: (778) 478 9600 www.shop.vpo.ca 

    Lake Louise:

    Wilson Mountain Sports: (866) 929-3636 www.lakelouisewilsons.com 

    New Denver:

    Valhalla Pure Outfitters: (250) 358 7755 www.shop.vpo.ca 

    Nelson:

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Revelstoke:

    Valhalla Pure Outfitters: (250) 837 5517 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Squamish: 

    Valhalla Pure Outfitters: (604) 892-9092 www.shop.vpo.ca
    Climb On: (604) 892-2243 climbonsquamish.com

    Vernon:

    Valhalla Pure Outfitters: (250) 545 9555 www.shop.vpo.ca 

    Vancouver:   

    Valhalla Pure Outfitters: (604)-872-8872 www.shop.vpo.ca
    Mountain Equipment Co-op: (604) 872-7858 www.mec.ca

    Whistler:

    Escape Route: 1-888-898-3277 www.escaperoute.ca

    Mount Waddington (NW Summit)

    Ski the crown jewel of British Columbia's Coast mountains...

    Mount Waddington, 4019m above see level, is the highest peak in the Coast mountain range of British Columbia. While the main summit is technical and only accessible in summer by advanced mountaineers, the North West summit (4000m high) provides one of the most interesting and aesthetic ski mountaineering challenge in the coast mountains. It is a Canadian Classic!

    While Waddington is the main goal on this trip, the area offers many other interesting peak ascents/descents including; Mount Munday, Jester, Cavalier & Finality Mountains. Join us and discover the massive scale of the Waddington Icecap area while ski-mountaineering on some of the largest glaciers & peaks in British Columbia. This 7 day trip is offered by Summit Mountain Guides from mid April to late May.

    If you are interested in a mountaineering ascent to the main summit of Mount Waddington click here.

    Itinerary

    The weather and conditions will have a direct effect on our exact itinerary, please note we can not guarantee specific timing and objectives due to the unpredictability of weather and flying into the mountains. Here is a sample itinerary:

    • Day 1 Participants will meet the guide(s) at 4pm at the White Saddle B&B in Bluff Lake for a relaxing dinner followed by a final gear check. We will go over last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions) and logistic for the following day(s). We will also sign a liability waiver.
    • Day 2 We will fly to the Dias Glacier, establish our base camp, do an avalanche beacon exercise and go for a short ski-tour.
    • Days 3-7 Depending on the weather, conditions and participants, we will use the best possible window of opportunity to ascent to the Northwest summit of Mount Waddington. Ideally we will work ourselves up to it by acclimatizing and ski touring some of the nearby summits depending on conditions and participants, we will consider: Mt Munday, Jester, Cavalier & Finality Mountains.
    • Day 8 Our last day in the field, we will fly back to Bluff Lake in the afternoon and enjoy a refreshing homemade meal and last night at the White Saddle B&B.
    • After a luxurious breakfast next morning, participants will start individual travels back home.

    Prerequisites

    This is an intermediate to advance ski mountaineering program.  You must have prior overnight winter camping experience and be an advanced intermediate downhill skier.  Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability. Prior experience with Summit Mountain Guides helps you anticipate the difficulty and style of our program. It is an asset. Please contact us to discuss your background.

    Equipment

    Click here for the Equipment List

    Weather

    The Coast mountain weather can vary drastically in winter, it tends to be drier and more stable in the Spring. In April and May, you expect alpine temperatures to be from -15C to 0C in the day while in early morning and at night temperatures could fall well below that. Statistically, advanced Spring offers the best possible weather for ski mountaineering in the Waddington area. The longer days, warmer temperatures, more stable snowpack & typically drier conditions all contribute to this.

    Despite the weather trends, visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change within the day. 

    Location

    Mount Waddington and the Waddington Icecap are located in the Coast Mountains of South-Western British Columbia. We will access this pristine and remote mountain wilderness area by helicopter from Bluff Lake, B.C.

    To drive to Bluff Lake, you will go through the central Chilcotin plateau, via Williams Lake, to White saddle Air Services at Bluff Lake, where the helicopter is stationed.  We will help you team up with another guest, good to ride share if possible as there is no bus service available.  Driving from Vancouver or Calgary, this trip could take up to 10 hours.  There is an airstrip at Anahim Lake via Pacific Coastal airlines, from there it is a 1.5 hour drive to Bluff Lake, transportation can be arranged depending on group size.

    Services Included

    • Pre-trip planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA guide service
    • All helicopter access fees to the Dias Glacier(in and out)
    • Winter camping equipment (tents, stoves and cooking supplies)
    • All Breakfast and Dinners while on trip
    • Group safety equipment (satellite phone, ropes, rescue kit, first aid, GPS, maps)
    • avalanche safety equipment (transceiver, probe, shovel)
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions

    Not included in price:

    • Your lunches, snacks
    • 2 nights & breakfast at the White Saddle B & B in Bluff Lake
    • pre & post trip dinners at the White Saddle B & B in Bluff Lake
    • Personal equipment (personal ski & safety gear, sleeping bag, overnight gear, etc.)
    • Transportation to and from Bluff Lake
    • additional costs for accommodation, transportation etc.. due to itinerary change due to weather
    • Trip cancellation insurance, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

    FAQ

    Alpine Ski-touring or Telemark gear? Which should you use?

    If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier should you use Telemark gear.

    Spring skiing the high alpine environment offers variable snow conditions. On one particular run things may go from perfect powder to challenging breakable crust and or variable wind affected snow.  When compounded, the variable snow conditions, the long ski touring days and the large day packs all call towards the use of an easier skiing set up like alpine touring.

    The Waddington icecap provide a fantastic mountain travel experience. The skis become a traveling medium in the greater goal of getting from A to B. Alpine touring makes for fast and efficient travel hence contributing to a safer and more successful experience.

    Cathedral Glacier Basecamp

    The essence of Canadian Ski Mountaineering...

    This remote, tent based, ski mountaineering trip is ideal for those looking at attempting high elevation ski peaks far from the crowds. It is an exciting heli access program similar to a ski traverse however, the focus here is on peak bagging while skiing with a lighter day pack from a well located basecamp. 

    The Cathedral Glacier is located in a remote corner of the St-Elias Mountains in Kluane National Park in Southwestern Yukon. Our backcountry base camp will be strategically located at 3200m from where we will make ski mountaineering attempts on Mount Kennedy (4250m), Mount Alverstone (4419m) & Mount Hubbard (4557m). Many other “smaller” peaks are also possible. This area offers exciting glacier and ski mountaineering terrain along with numerous high alpine ski peaks. Join us on this exclusive adventure and discover a touring paradise while skiing with a small group.

    Itinerary

    The main goal on this ski mountaineering program is ascending remote high elevation peaks. We will tailor the program to meet this goal while considering the weather and avalanche conditions.

    Here is a sample itinerary:

    • Pre-Trip meeting (May 7th); Participants will meet the guide(s) at 4pm in Whitehorse Yukon. We will go over last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions) and logistic for the following days. We will also sign a liability waiver and possibly do an avalanche beacon exercise
    • Day 1 (May 8th); We will drive to Haines Junction and fly to the Cathedral Glacier in Kluane National Park by helicopter at 07:00 AM. Our first day will involved setting up camp and exploring access to the various peak options
    • Day 2-7; We will do various day trips from our basecamp location. We will ski various glaciers and attempt Mount Kennedy (4250m), Mount Alverstone (4419m) & Mount Hubbard (4557m)
    • Day 7 (May 14); On the last day, we will be back in camp at 4pm in time for our flight back to Haines Junction

    Prerequisites

    This is an advanced ski mountaineering program. Participant must have previous experience in similar conditions and be proficient with ski & boot crampons, ice axe and roped travel. Ability to ski variable snow at altitude in terrain up to 45 degrees is required.

    Equipment

    Cathedral_Glacier_Equipment_List.pdf

    Weather

    The weather in the St-Elias Mountains can be very difficult to predict. Spring daily temperatures could rise to above freezing. Overnight temperatures will often dip below -20C.

    Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days. Ensure you are dressed and equipped for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change rapidly.

    Location

    The Cathedral Glacier is located in a remote corner of the St-Elias Mountains in Kluane National Park in Southwestern Yukon. Our backcountry base camp will be strategically located at 3200m from where we will make ski mountaineering attempts on Mount Kennedy (4250m), Mount Alverstone (4419m) & Mount Hubbard (4557m). Many other “smaller” peaks are also possible.

    Services Included

    • Pre-trip planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA guide and /or ACMG Ski guide service
    • Helicopter Access to Basecamp and back to Haines Junction
    • All Breakfasts and Dinners while on the trip
    • Tents, Group shelter and Cooking equipment for winter camping
    • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

    Not included in price:

    • individual lunches, snacks
    • GST 5% tax
    • Personal ski touring boots, skis, skins or splitboard
    • personal avalanche safety equipment *SMG rentals available $25/day for beacon ($15), shovel ($5) & probe ($5)
    • Transportation to meeting location
    • additional charges to due changes in itinerary or group number
    • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

    FAQ

    Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

    Summit Mountain Guides has a limited amount of winter safety equipment available for rental. Contact us for availability. Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca
    Gericks   354-4622 www.gericks.com

    Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

    Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented in Nelson prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

    Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

    Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an advanced-intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

    Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. We recommend this system to advanced snowboarder over snowshoeing.

    Gimli Peak-South ridge, III 5.10a

    A magnificent alpine rock climb, one of the best of its class worldwide...

    Rated III 5.10a, the South ridge of Gimli peak in Valhalla provincial park, is one of the best of its class anywhere in the world. This captivating 8 pitch alpine rock climb is wildly exposed, sustained but moderate. The climbing is varied and features steep cracks, grooves, chicken heads and fingery walls. For an easier Valhalla classic, we offer alternative routes on Gimli, Midguard & Asguard Peaks. Join one of our Alpine guides and ascend classic Valhalla routes in style and good company.

    Summit Mountain Guides offers 1 to 1.5 day guided Gimli peak programs from mid June to late September. This route can be done in one long day by experienced climbers,  most people will benefit and enjoy the overnight camp and a two day program and discover why Norse mythology is involved in the naming of this aesthetic peak.

    Itinerary

    This is a 1 to 1.5 day Alpine Rock climbing program. The exact number of days will depend on participants needs, previous experience, weather and route conditions. The climb itself is a 1 day affair, the access and approach times make this route a very full day. Less experience climbers and people interested in a more relaxed adventure will enjoy the 1.5 day program. Below is a sample itinerary for both options:

    1 Day Program

    Pre-trip meeting evening before; 7:00 PM in town

  • Welcome, introduction, agenda, gear & waivers.
  • Review of planed itinerary and current conditions
  • Ascent Day

  • 04:00 AM, meeting & drive
  • 06:00 AM, at trail head, hike -in
  • 08:00 AM, at base of Gimli, start climbing
  • Climb, climb, climb!
  • 15:30 PM, at the top, walk off & hike-out
  • 18:00 PM, back at the parking, drive-out
  • 20:00 PM, back in Nelson for a late dinner
  • 1.5 Day Program

    Day 1: Hiking-in

  • Pre-trip meeting; 12:00 PM in town
  • Welcome, introduction, agenda, gear & waivers.
  • Review of planed itinerary and current conditions
  • 13:00 PM, drive to the Gimli trail head, hike -in
  • 16:00 PM, establish camp near the route
  • 18:00 PM, dinner & preparation for the next day

  • Day 2: Ascent Day

  • 06:30 AM, breakfast, short hike-in to the route
  • 07:30 AM, at base of Gimli, start climbing
  • Climb, climb, climb!
  • 15:30 PM, at the top, walk off & hike-out
  • 18:00 PM, back at the parking, drive-out
  • 20:00 PM, back in Nelson for a late dinner
  • Prerequisites

    On this guided program, you must be an intermediate to advanced climber. Previous varied climbing experiences, with or without a guide, and the ability to follow traditional crack climbs in the 5.10a range with a small pack is required.  Good physical fitness is also a must as it will give us the ability to move safely and efficiently in the mountains.  Skills and fitness will determine whether we climb in 1 or 1.5 days.

    Equipment

    Alpine_Rock_Equipment_List.pdf

    Weather

    Due to the higher elevations, proximity to dominant winds and weather conditions, mountain weather is difficult to predict. It is most often worse than the weather in the surrounding valleys and can change quickly as it is really hard to predict for more than 24hrs ahead. 

    In summer you expect temperatures to be from 10 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Temperatures are much colder at higher elevations, even in the summer. It is not uncommon to have overnight freezing temperatures in the alpine, outside a mountain hut or near a back country camp. 

    It is always an interesting challenge to know exactly what you are going to get, therefore is important to be flexible with timing and not too attached to a particular goal or objective.  Be prepared by bringing all required items, this ensure you will be dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation.

    Location

    Gimli Peak is located in the Kootenay district of south-eastern British Columbia. It lies on the southern border of Valhalla provincial park, west of Slocan lake in the southern Selkirk mountains. The trail head is accessible by vehicle via the Bannock creek forest service road. It is a one and a half hour drive north west of Nelson or a three hour drive south of Revelstoke.

    Services Included

    • Pre-trip planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
    • 20 years of experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • Rope use & all technical equipment
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • backcountry dinners & breakfast meals on trip, available for $45/night
    • personal clothing, overnight equipment, mountaineering boots *see equipment list for more details
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this guided program, you must be an intermediate to advanced climber. Previous varied climbing experiences, with or without a guide, and the ability to follow traditional crack climbs in the 5.10a range with a small pack is required.  Good physical fitness is also a must as it will give us the ability to move safely and efficiently in the mountains.

    Is it safe?

    On all our courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the industry. Mountaineering remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the equipment needed during the programs?

    On this program we offer participants access to all the technical equipment at no extra charge. This includes; harnesses, helmets, belay device, carabineers, ice axes, crampons and much more. Contact us for specific sizes and availability.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Valhalla Alpine Rock

    Discover high quality alpine rock routes with a seasoned local guide...

    Located in the heart of the southern Selkirk’s in south-eastern British Columbia, Valhalla Provincial Park is home to some of the finest alpine rock climbing in Western Canada.  The Mulvey Group, near the southern end of the park, provides a fantastic collection of rugged granitic spires boasting many classic alpine rock climbs.

    The sunny alpine walls and sharp rock ridges surrounding the headwaters of Mulvey creek offer numerous quality alpine rock climbs for all ability levels.  Many alpine rock classics include routes on Gimli , Asgard, Midguard, Wolf’s Ears, Dag or Neislhem, each of these impressive peaks part of Norse mythology.  Enjoy a specific day route or join a 2 to 4 day guided Valhalla Alpine Rock program with an experienced local guide.

    Summit Mountain Guides offer easy, moderate and advanced guided alpine rock climbing programs in this area. Some of the popular peaks and routes guided in the Valhallas include:

    • Gimli peak, South ridge (Grade III, 5.10a) A true classic, click here for more info
    • Gimli Peak, Northwest Ridge (Grade III, 5.8)
    • Gimli Peak, North Ridge (Grade III, 5.6)
    • Niselheim Peak, East Ridge (Grade II, 5.7)
    • Nisleheim Peak, South Face (Grade II, 5.5 to 5.10)
    • Midgard Peak, Southeast Ridge (Grade II, 5.2)
    • Asgard peak, West ridge (Grade III, 5.7)
    • Asgard Peak, North ridge (Grade III, 5.7)
    • Asgard peak, South Face (Grade IV, 5.9)
    • Gladsheim Peak, Integral West ridge (Grade III, 5.6)
    • Gladsheim Peak, South face (Grade IV 5.8)
    • Gladsheim Peak, White Dihedral (IV 5.10d)
    • Mount Dag, West Ridge Traverse (Grade II, 5.5)
    • The Wolf’s Ears traverse (Grade III, 5.7)
    • Drinnan Peak, North Ridge (Grade II, 5.4)
    • Devils Dome, Southeast Ridge (Grade III, 5.6)
    • False Dome, West face (Grade III, 5.10c)

    For a complete, list along with difficulty information, route description and trip length, click on Location below.  Please contact us if you are interested in a specific route or a custom trip.

    Itinerary

    We offer 1 to 4 day Valhalla Alpine rock climbing programs. The length and itinerary of this program is flexible and depends on many factors including: your interests,  needs and previous climbing experience.

    The length of a chosen route(s) , how accessible it is and its difficulty will determine the the number of days for the program.  We will typically have a pre-trip meeting the evening before your trip start and try to be back in town at a reasonable time on the last day of the program.

    Below is sample itinerary for a 4 day program (3 field days).

    Day 1, Pre-trip meeting; 7:00 PM in town (1 hour)

    • Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda, waivers.
    • Review of planed itinerary and current conditions
    • Issue of required gear and session on packing strategy

    Day 2, Drive-in, Hike-in and Climb

    • 04:30 AM, meeting and drive
    • 06:00 AM, at trail head, hike -in
    • 07:30 AM, at camp location, drop overnight gear
    • 08:00 AM, access base of climb with small pack!
    • Climb, climb, climb!
    • 15:30 PM, top out, walk off & hike back to camp
    • 16:30 PM, Back in camp for a great dinner and cozy night in the mountains

    Day 3, Full Climbing day

    • 06:30 AM, breakfast, hike-in to another classic alpine rock route
    • 07:30 AM, start climbing
    • Climb, climb, climb!
    • 15:30 PM, top out, walk off & hike back to camp
    • 16:30 PM, Back in camp for another great dinner and cozy night in the mountains

    Day 4, Last climb and hike-out

    • 06:30 AM, breakfast, hike-in to another classic alpine rock route
    • 07:30 AM, start climbing
    • Climb, climb, climb!
    • 15:30 PM, top out, walk off & hike-out
    • 18:00 PM, back at the parking, drive-out
    • 20:00 PM, back in Nelson for a late dinner

    Prerequisites

    On this guided alpine rock program, prior rock climbing experience is required. Good physical fitness is also a must as it will give us the ability to move safely and efficiently in the mountains.

    The difficulty of the routes we attempt will be based on your personal goals, interests and previous climbing experience.  Previous traditional and crack climbing experience, with or without a guide and the ability to climb with a small pack is required.

    Equipment

    Alpine_Rock_Equipment_List.pdf

    Weather

    Due to the higher elevations, proximity to dominant winds and weather conditions, mountain weather is difficult to predict. It is most often worse than the weather in the surrounding valleys and can change quickly as it is really hard to predict for more than 24hrs ahead. 

    In summer you expect temperatures to be from 10 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Temperatures are much colder at higher elevations, even in the summer. It is not uncommon to have overnight freezing temperatures in the alpine, outside a mountain hut or near a back country camp. 

    It is always an interesting challenge to know exactly what you are going to get, therefore is important to be flexible with timing and not too attached to a particular goal or objective.  Be prepared by bringing all required items, this ensure you will be dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation.

    Location


    Valhalla Provincial Park is located in the Kootenay district of South-Eastern British Columbia. The granite rock spires surrounding Mulvey basin lie on the southern border of Valhalla Provincial Park, west of Slocan Lake in the southern Selkirk Mountains. The trail head is accessible by vehicle via the Bannock creek forest service road. It is a one and a half hour drive north west of Nelson or a three hour drive south of Revelstoke.

    Here is a list of our favorite Valhalla peaks

    • Gimli peak, 2760m / 9055’
    • Nisleheim peak, 2580m / 8465’
    • Midgard peak, 2790m / 9150’
    • Asgard peak, 2790m / 9150’
    • Gladsheim peak, 2820m / 9250’
    • West Wolf’s Ear, 2670m / 8760’
    • East Wolf’s Ear, 2640m / 8660’
    • Mount Dag, 2700m / 8860’
    • Drinnon peak, 2610m / 8565’
    • Devil’s Dome, 2790m / 9150’
    • Lucifer peak, 2760m / 9055’

    Below are our favorite Valhalla alpine rock routes grouped by difficulty

    The difficulty and grade of a route is subjective. Whether a route is easy, moderate or hard depends on many factors. To create our favorites list we have considered these factors: length of the route, technical difficulty, how sustain a route is and how long of a day it takes to complete it. Feel free to contact us if you have any questions.

    Easy Alpine Rock Routes

    • East Ridge of Niselheim (Grade II, 5.7)
    • South Face of Niselheim (Grade II, 5.6)
    • North ridge of Gimli (Grade III, 5.6)
    • Southwest ridge of Asgard (Grade III, 5.7)
    • East ridge of East Wolf’s Ear (Grade II, 5.2)
    • Regular West ridge of West Wolf’s Ear (Grade II, 5.5)
    • West ridge traverse of Dag (Grade III, 5.5)

    Moderate Alpine Rock Routes

    • South ridge of Gimli (Grade III, 5.10a) A true classic, click here for more info
    • Northwest ridge of Gimli (Grade III, 5.8)
    • South face of Asgard (Grade IV, 5.9)
    • North ridge of Asgard (Grade III, 5.7)
    • Full West ridge of Gladsheim (Grade III, 5.6)
    • Full West ridge of West Wolf’s Ear via the Muzzle(Grade III, 5.8)
    • South East ridge of Devil’s Dome (Grade III, 5.6)
    • South face of Devil’s Dome (Grade III, 5.9)

    Advanced Alpine Rock Routes

    • Southwest face of Gimli (III, 5.10c)
    • “Lichen it” on Gimli Peak (III, 5,10c)
    • South face of Gladsheim “White Dihedral” (IV, 5.10d)
    • North ridge bypass on Gladsheim (IV, 5.10b) click here for more info
    • The Gift on the South face of West Wolf’s Ear (III, 5.11d or 5.11a A1) click here for more info
    • North face of Dag “Riding Skinfaxi” (VI, 5.11c) a serious big wall climb

    Many other easy, moderate and advanced options exist, join our Valhalla Alpine Rock program and find out more…

    Services Included

    • Pre-trip planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
    • 20 years of experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • Rope use & all technical equipment
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • backcountry dinners & breakfast meals on trip, available for $45/night
    • personal clothing, overnight equipment, climbing and/or mountaineering boots *see equipment list for more details
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this guided alpine rock program, prior rock climbing experience is required. Good physical fitness is also a must as it will give us the ability to move safely and efficiently in the mountains.

    The difficulty of the routes we attempt will be based on your personal goals, interests and previous climbing experience.  Previous traditional and crack climbing experience, with or without a guide and the ability to climb with a small pack is required.

    Is it safe?

    On all our courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the industry. Mountaineering remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the equipment needed during the programs?

    On this program we offer participants access to all the technical equipment at no extra charge. This includes; harnesses, helmets, belay device, carabineers, ice axes, crampons and much more. Contact us for specific sizes and availability.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Bugaboo Alpine Rock

    The Bugaboos are a magical alpine playground of inspiring glaciers, pristine wilderness and towering granite spires...

    The Bugaboos of Western Canada are one of the world’s greatest alpine rock climbing centers. Located in the Purcell mountains of South-Eastern British Columbia they are cluster of high and shear granite spires situated inside the pristine Bugaboo Provincial Park. Join our 3 to 5 day guided program and discover some of the best traditional alpine rock climbing in Canada.

    The Bugaboos offer a challenge for climbers of all ability on sound granite. The various summits of the Bugaboos including; the Crescent Spires, Bugaboo Spire, Snowpatch Spire, the Howsers, Pigeon Spire and the Pigeon Feathers, boast fine moderate mountaineering objectives, superb scrambles and fantastic alpine rock climbs.

    Some of the popular peaks and classic routes we recommend in the Bugaboos include:

    • The Northeast ridge of Bugaboo Spire (Grade IV, 5.8)
    • Kain Route on Bugaboo Spire (Grade III, 5.6)
    • West ridge of Pigeon Spire (Grade II, 5.4)
    • Surf’s Up on Snowpatch Spire (Grade IV, 5.9)
    • Snowpatch Route on Snowpatch Spire (Grade IV, 5.8)
    • Ears Between on Crescent Tower (Grade II, 5.7)
    • The Beckey-Chouinard on the South Howser Tower (Grade V, 5.10)

    Due to route length and arduous approaches, most peak ascents in the Bugaboos require a minimum of 2 days. That being said, it is often possible to ascend 2 routes or peaks over a 3 day period from the Kain hut.

    In general, the guests to guide ratio is route specific. A 1 to 1 ratio is the norm on longer or more technical routes like; the Northeast Ridge of Bugaboo Spire or the Beckey-Chouinard on South Howser Spire. Previous experience climbing with our guides may affect this slightly. Depending on conditions, many of the less difficult or engaging routes can be done with a 1 to 2 ratio. A 1 to 3 ratio will limit us to very basic non-technical mountaineering ascents.

    For a complete route list along with difficulty information, route description and trip length, click on Location below.  Please contact us if you are interested in a specific route or a custom trip.

    Itinerary

    We offer 3 to 5 day Bugaboo Alpine rock climbing programs. The length and itinerary of this program is flexible and depends on many factors including: your interests, needs and previous climbing experience.

    The length of a chosen route(s) its difficulty will determine the the number of days for the program.  We will typically have a pre-trip meeting the evening before your trip start and try to be back in town at a reasonable time on the last day of the program.

    Below is sample itinerary for a 3 day program

    Pre-trip meeting; 7:00 PM in Golden (1 hour)

    • Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda, waivers.
    • Review of planed itinerary and current conditions
    • Issue of required gear and session on packing strategy

    Day 1, Drive-in, Hike-in and Climb

    • 04:30 AM, meeting and drive
    • 06:30 AM, at trail head, hike -in
    • 10:30 AM, at camp location, drop overnight gear
    • hike to base of climb with a small day pack!
    • Climb, climb, climb!
    • 15:30 PM, top out, walk off & hike back to camp
    • 16:30 PM, Back in camp for a great dinner and cozy night in the mountains

     

    Day 2, Full Climbing day

    • 05:00 AM, breakfast, hike-in to another classic alpine rock route
    • 07:30 AM, start climbing
    • Climb, climb, climb!
    • 15:30 PM, top out, walk off & hike back to camp
    • 16:30 PM, Back in camp for another great dinner and cozy night in the mountains

    Day 3, Last climb and hike-out

    • 05:00 AM, breakfast, hike-in to another classic alpine rock route
    • 07:30 AM, start climbing
    • Climb, climb, climb!
    • 14:30 PM, top out, walk off & head back to camp
    • 16:00 PM, gather overnight gear from camp & hike out
    • 18:00 PM, back at the parking, drive-out
    • 20:00 PM, back in Golden for a late dinner

    Prerequisites

    On this guided alpine rock program, prior rock climbing and mountaineering experience is required. Good physical fitness is also a must as it will give us the ability to move safely and efficiently in the mountains.

    The difficulty of the routes we attempt will be based on your personal goals, interests and previous climbing experience. 

    Previous traditional and crack climbing experience, with or without a guide and the ability to climb with a small pack is required.

    Equipment

    Alpine_Rock_Equipment_List.pdf

    Weather

    Due to the higher elevations, proximity to dominant winds and weather conditions, mountain weather is difficult to predict. It is most often worse than the weather in the surrounding valleys and can change quickly as it is really hard to predict for more than 24hrs ahead. 

    In summer you expect temperatures to be from 10 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Temperatures are much colder at higher elevations, even in the summer. It is not uncommon to have overnight freezing temperatures in the alpine, outside a mountain hut or near a back country camp. 

    It is always an interesting challenge to know exactly what you are going to get, therefore is important to be flexible with timing and not too attached to a particular goal or objective.  Be prepared by bringing all required items, this ensure you will be dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation.

    Location

    Bugaboo Provincial Park is located in the Purcell mountains of South-Eastern British Columbia. The trail head is about 50km West of Brisco BC along the Bugaboo creek forest service gravel road. Brisco is an hour drive south of Golden BC or one and a half hours drive north of Cranbrook BC along highway 95. The nearest international airport is in Calgary, Alberta. From Calgary it is roughly a three and a half hour drive West along highway 1, 93 and 95, via Banff and Radium to Brisco BC.

    Here is a list of our favorite Bugaboo peaks

     

    • Bugaboo Spire, 3200m / 10500’
    • Pigeon Spire, 3156m / 10350’
    • Snowpatch Spire, 3084m / 10100’
    • Howser Spires, 3412m / 11200’
    • Crescent Towers, 2830m / 9300’
    • Brenta Spire, 2958m / 9700’
    • Northpost Spire, 2919m / 9650’
    • Eastpost Spire, 2728m / 9000’
    • Pigeon Feathers, 2990m / 9800’
    • Marmolata Peak, 3019m / 9900’
    • Hounds Tooth, 2830m / 9300’
    • Anniversary Peak, 2947m / 9700’

    Below are our favorite Bugaboo alpine routes grouped by difficulty

    Easy Alpine Routes

    • West Ridge of Pigeon Spire (Grade II, 5.4)
    • Kain Route on Bugaboo Spire (Grade III, 5.6)
    • East Ridge of Marmolata (Grade II, 5.6)
    • Southeast Ridge of Eastpost Spire (Grade II, 5.6)
    • Lion’s Way on Crescent Tower (Grade II, 5.6)
    • Southeast Spur of Brenta Spire (Grade II, 5.6)
    • Northwest Face of Hounds Tooth (Grade II, 3rd class)
    • South Ridge of Brenta Spire (Grade II, 4th class)
    • Northeast Ridge of Eastpost Spire (Grade I, 4th class)
    • Pigeon Feather traverse (Grade II, 4th class)
    • Glacier Route on Anniversary Peak (Grade II, 3rd class)

    Moderate Alpine Routes

    • Northeast ridge of Bugaboo Spire (Grade IV, 5.8)
    • Surf’s Up on Snowpatch Spire (Grade IV, 5.9)
    • Snowpatch Route on Snowpatch Spire (Grade IV, 5.8)
    • Integral North ridge on North Howser Tower (Grade IV, 5.4)
    • Buckingham Route via “The Enjoyable Way” on Snowpatch Spire (Grade III, 5.8)
    • Wildflower on Snowpatch Spire (Grade III, 5.9)
    • Tiger’s Tail on Crescent Tower (Grade II, 5.9)
    • Ears Between on Crescent Tower (Grade II, 5.7)
    • Lambrice Tour on Pigeon Spire (Grade II, 5.8)

    Advanced Alpine Routes

    • The Beckey-Chouinard on the South Howser Tower (Grade V, 5.10)
    • Sunshine Crack on Snowpatch Spire (Grade IV, 5.11a)
    • McTech Arête on Crescent Spire (Grade II, 5.10-)
    • Paddle Flake on Crescent Spire (Grade II, 5.10)
    • Thatcher Cracker on Crescent Tower (Grade II, 5.10)
    • Furry Pink Arête on Snowpatch Spire (Grade IV, 5.10+)
    • Flamingo Fling on Snowpatch Spire (Grade IV, 5.10-)
    • Tom Egan Memorial Route on Snowpatch Spire (Grade V, 5.10 A3)
    • Wingtip Arête on Pigeon Spire (Grade V, 5.10-)
    • Cooper-Kor on the East Face of Pigeon Spire (Grade IV, 5.10)
    • All Along the Watchtower on the North Howser Tower (Grade VI, 5.11 A1)

    Many other easy, moderate and advanced route options exist, contact us for more information. Whether a route is easy, moderate or hard is subjective and depends on many factors. To create our favorites list we have considered these factors: length of the route, technical difficulty, how sustain a route is and how long of a day it takes to complete it.

    Services Included

    • Pre-course planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
    • 20 years of experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • Rope use & all technical equipment
    • hut costs
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan
    • Group safety equipment

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • dinners & breakfast meals on trip, available for $45/night
    • technical gear including ice axes, crampons, harnesses, helmets, prussix, carabiner, climbing shoes etc..
    • personal clothing, overnight equipment, mountaineering boots *see equipment list for more details
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this guided alpine rock program, prior rock climbing and mountaineering experience is required. Good physical fitness is also a must as it will give us the ability to move safely and efficiently in the mountains. The difficulty of the routes we attempt will be based on your personal goals, interests and previous climbing experience.  Previous traditional and crack climbing experience, with or without a guide and the ability to climb with a small pack is required.

    Is it safe?

    On all our courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the industry. Mountaineering remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the equipment needed during the programs?

    On this program we offer participants access to all the technical equipment at a discounted rate. This includes; harnesses, helmets, belay device, carabinners, ice axes, crampons and much more. Contact us for specific sizes and availability.

    Where else can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains (250) 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters in Nelson (250) 354-1006 www.vpo.ca
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters in Revelstoke (250) 837-5517 www.vpo.ca

    Rogers Pass Alpine Rock

    Explore the Birthplace of North American Mountaineering...

    Renown for deep powder ski touring, Rogers Pass also hosts some of the best alpine rock climbing and mountaineering in Canada. Located inside Glacier National Park, Rogers pass is in the heart of the Selkirk mountains of Southeastern British Columbia. Here, we offer 2 to 4 day guided programs for beginner to advanced mountaineers. 

    The good quality quartzite on the craggy summits of Roger Pass offer a challenge for climbers of all abilities. Some of the more popular peaks we often climb include; the Swiss peaks, mount Roger, mount Macdonald, Uto peak, mount Sir Donald, mount Jupiter, mount Bonney and many more.

    Below is a partial list of popular peaks and classic routes we recommend at Roger Pass:

    • The Northwest Ridge of Mount Sir Donald (D-, 5.4)
    • The West Ridge of Mount Tupper (PD, 5.6)
    • The South Buttress of Mount Tupper (TD, 5.10+)
    • The Swiss Peak Traverse (AD-, 5.0)
    • The Southeast Ridge of Rogers Peak (PD+, 5.6)
    • The Asulkan Ridge Traverse (PD+, 5.4)
    • The Southwest Ridge of Mount Macdonald (PD+, 5.6)
    • The Northwest Buttress of Eagle Peak (D, 5.8)
    • The North Ridge of Mount Swanzy (AD+, 5.7)
    • The Northeast Buttress of the Rampart (D-, 5.8)

    Due to route length and arduous approaches, most peak ascents at Rogers Pass require a minimum of 2 days. That being said, it is often possible to ascend 2 routes over a 3 day period from a high camp.

    In general, the guests to guide ratio is route specific. A 1 to 1 ratio is the norm on longer or more technical routes like; the Northwest ridge of Mount Sir Donald or the South Buttress of Mount Tupper. Previous experience climbing with our guides may affect this slightly. Depending on conditions, many of the less difficult or engaging routes can be done with a 1 to 2 ratio.

    Please contact us for more info.

    Itinerary

    We offer 2 to 4 day Rogers Pass Alpine rock climbing programs. The length and itinerary of this program is flexible and depends on many factors including: your interests, needs, route conditions, weather and previous climbing experience.

    The length of a chosen route(s) its difficulty will determine the the number of days for the program.  We will typically have a pre-trip meeting in Revelstoke or Golden the evening before your trip start and try to be back in town at a reasonable time on the last day of the program.

    Prerequisites

    On this guided alpine rock program, prior traditional rock climbing and mountaineering experience are an asset. Good physical fitness is a must as it will give us the ability to move safely and efficiently in the mountains.

    The difficulty of the routes we attempt will be based on your personal goals, interests and previous climbing experience. 

    Equipment

    Alpine_Rock_Equipment_List.pdf

    Weather

    Due to the higher elevations, proximity to dominant winds and weather conditions, mountain weather is difficult to predict. It is most often worse than the weather in the surrounding valleys and can change quickly. It is really hard to predict for more than 24hrs ahead. 

    In summer you expect temperatures to be from 10 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Temperatures are much colder at higher elevations, even in the summer. It is not uncommon to have overnight freezing temperatures in the alpine, outside a mountain hut or near a back country camp. 

    It is always an interesting challenge to know exactly what you are going to get, therefore is important to be flexible with timing and not too attached to a particular goal or objective.  Be prepared by bringing all required items, this ensure you will be dressed for all variations of temperatures, wind, precipitation.

    Location

    Rogers Pass is located inside Glacier National Park in the heart of the Selkirk mountains of South-Eastern British Columbia. The Park headquarters is about 70 km East of Revelstoke or 80 km West of Golden along the Trans Canada HWY #1.

    The nearest international airports are Kelowna BC. & Calgary, Alberta. From Kelowna it is just over a 3 hour drive East along HWY #1 the Rogers Pass and from Calgary it is roughly a 4 hour drive West on HWY #1.

    Services Included

    • Pre-trip planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
    • 20 years of experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • Rope use & all technical equipment
    • backcountry kitchen camp equipment
    • wilderness permits for national parks
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan
    • Group safety equipment

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • dinners & breakfast meals on trip, available for $45/night
    • technical gear including ice axes, crampons, harnesses, helmets, prussix, carabiner, climbing shoes etc..
    • personal clothing, overnight equipment, mountaineering boots *see equipment list for more details
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this guided alpine rock program, prior rock climbing and mountaineering experience is an asset. Good physical fitness is a must as it will give us the ability to move safely and efficiently in the mountains. The difficulty of the routes we attempt will be based on your personal goals, interests and previous climbing experience.  Previous traditional climbing experience, with or without a guide and the ability to climb with a small pack is required.

    Is it safe?

    On all our courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the industry. Mountaineering remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the equipment needed during the programs?

    On this program we offer participants access to all the technical equipment at a discounted rate. This includes; harnesses, helmets, belay device, carabinners, ice axes, crampons and much more. Contact us for specific sizes and availability.

    Where else can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains (250) 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters in Nelson (250) 354-1006 www.vpo.ca
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters in Revelstoke (250) 837-5517 www.vpo.ca

    Kokanee Glacier Alpine

    Enjoy high alpine routes with an experienced local mountain guide in Kokanee Glacier Provincial Park...

    Located an hour from Nelson in the southern Selkirk’s, Kokanee Provincial Park has unique mountaineering objectives for beginner to advanced climbers.  The west side of the park offers some fantastic alpine ridges with glacier access.

    The alpine climbs by day trip or multi-day adventure from a hut or chalet suite all ability levels.  Alpine objectives on the Battleship, Esmeralda Peak, Grays Peak, Pyramid and Mt. Kitchner.  Enjoy a specific day route or join a 2 to 4 day guided Kokanee Alpine Rock program with an experienced local guide.  Multi-day programs can be based from the comfortable Kokanee Glacier Chalet, Silverspray Cabin or Woodbury Hut.

    Summit Mountain Guides offer easy, moderate and advanced guided alpine rock climbing programs in this area. Some of the popular peaks and routes guided in Kokanee Provincial Park include:

    Alpine Climbing Day Trips from Nelson

  • Grays Peak, SW Ridge (Grade III, 5.4)
  • Esmeralda Peak, SW Ridge (Grade II, 5.6)
  • Alpine Program from Kokanee Glacier Chalet

  • Battle Ship Traverse (Grade I)
  • Pyramid Mt, NE Ridge (Grade I, 5.6)
  • Mt Kitchener, W Ridge (Grade I, 5.3)
  • Esmeralda Peak, SW Ridge (Grade II, 5.6)
  • Climbing from Silverspray & Woodbury Cabins

  • Cabin Peak, E Ridge (4th class)
  • Cabin Peak, Main Wall (Rock Routes, 10+)
  • Sunrise Mtn
  • Glacier View Peak
  • Moonlight Peak
  • For a taste of Kokanee Alpine Climbs, visit Gray’s Peak blog.  Please contact us if you are interested in a specific route or a custom trip.

    Itinerary

    We offer 1 to 4 day Kokanee Glacier Alpine rock climbing programs. The length and itinerary of this program is flexible and depends on many factors including: your interests,  needs and previous climbing experience.

    The length of a chosen route(s) , how accessible it is and its difficulty will determine the the number of days for the program.  We will typically have a pre-trip meeting the evening before your trip start and try to be back in town at a resonable time on the last day of the program.

    Below is sample intinerary for a 4 day program (3 field days).

    Day 1, Pre-trip meeting; 7:00 PM in town (1 hour)

    • Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda, waivers.
    • Review of planed itinerary and current conditions
    • Issue of required gear and session on packing strategy

    Day 2, Drive-in, Hike-in and Climb

    • 04:30 AM, meeting and drive
    • 06:00 AM, at trail head, hike -in
    • 07:30 AM, at camp location, drop overnight gear
    • 08:00 AM, hike to base of climb with a small day pack!
    • Climb, climb, climb!
    • 15:30 PM, top out, walk off & hike back to camp
    • 16:30 PM, Back in camp for a great dinner and cozy night in the mountains

    Day 3, Full Climbing day

    • 06:30 AM, breakfast, hike-in to another classic alpine rock route
    • 07:30 AM, start climbing
    • Climb, climb, climb!
    • 15:30 PM, top out, walk off & hike back to camp
    • 16:30 PM, Back in camp for another great dinner and cozy night in the mountains

    Day 4, Last climb and hike-out

    • 06:30 AM, breakfast, hike-in to another classic alpine rock route
    • 07:30 AM, start climbing
    • Climb, climb, climb!
    • 15:30 PM, top out, walk off & hike-out
    • 18:00 PM, back at the parking, drive-out
    • 20:00 PM, back in Nelson for a late dinner

    Prerequisites

    On this guided alpine rock program, prior some rock climbing experience is an asset. Good physical fitness is also a must as it will give us the ability to move safely and efficiently in the mountains. The ability to climb with a small pack is required.

    The difficulty of the routes we attempt will be based on your personal goals, interests and previous climbing experience. 

    Equipment

    Alpine_Rock_Equipment_List.pdf

    Weather

    Due to the higher elevations, proximity to dominant winds and weather conditions, mountain weather is difficult to predict. It is most often worse than the weather in the surrounding valleys and can change quickly as it is really hard to predict for more than 24hrs ahead. 

    In summer you expect temperatures to be from 10 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Temperatures are much colder at higher elevations, even in the summer. It is not uncommon to have overnight freezing temperatures in the alpine, outside a mountain hut or near a back country camp. 

    It is always an interesting challenge to know exactly what you are going to get, therefore is important to be flexible with timing and not too attached to a particular goal or objective.  Be prepared by bringing all required items, this ensure you will be dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation.

    Location

    Kokanee Glacier Provincial Park is located in the Kootenay district of South-Eastern British Columbia. The rock ridges near the glaicer lie on the SE side of Valhalla Provincial Park, north of Nelson in the southern Selkirk Mountains. The trail head is accessible by vehicle via a forest service road. It is a 45 minute drive north east of Nelson or a four hour drive south of Revelstoke.

    Services Included

    • Pre-course planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
    • 20 years of experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • Rope use & all technical equipment
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan
    • Group safety equipment

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • dinners & breakfast meals on trip, available for $45/night
    • hut costs add $25/night
    • technical gear including ice axes, crampons, harnesses, helmets, prussix, carabiner, climbing shoes etc..
    • personal clothing, overnight equipment, mountaineering boots *see equipment list for more details
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this guided alpine rock program, prior rock climbing experience is useful. Good physical fitness is also a must as it will give us the ability to move safely and efficiently in the mountains. The difficulty of the routes we attempt will be based on your personal goals, interests and previous climbing experience.  Previous traditional and crack climbing experience, with or without a guide and the ability to climb with a small pack is required for the more challenging routes.

    Is it safe?

    On all our courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the industry. Mountaineering remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the equipment needed during the programs?

    On this program we offer participants access to all the technical equipment at no extra charge. This includes; harnesses, helmets, belay device, carabineers, ice axes, crampons and much more. Contact us for specific sizes and availability.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Chamonix Alpine

    The birthplace of Mountaineering and deservedly the worlds greatest alpine playground...

    The Chamonix valley is dominated by the majestic dome of Mont Blanc. It is surrounded by hundreds of easily accessible pointy granite spires providing world renowned rock, ice and mixed alpine routes. The village is charming and offers incredible vistas, cuisine along with a vibrant mountain culture.

    Like most mountaineering in the Alps, climbing in Chamonix provides the luxury of easy access routes with lighter packs and overnight programs based from catered mountain huts. Whether you are interested in an easy alpine route for the day or seek a multi-day adventure from a hut, let us design a unique trip to meet your climbing goals and background.

    There are more than a lifetime worth of route options & objectives in the Mont Blanc Massif. Our custom alpine programs in Chamonix range from 2-6 days. Some of the popular peaks and routes we recommend include:

    • Mont Blanc: The Goûter Ridge & Les Trois Monts (both Grade PD)
    • Dent du Géant: The South West Face (Grade AD 5.9)
    • Grand Capucin: Swiss Route (Grade TD+ 5.10)
    • Aiguille du Midi: Cosmiques Arête (Grade PD+ 5.6) & South Face (Grade AD 5.10a)
    • Les Courtes: The Traverse (Grade PD+) & North Face (Grade TD- 75deg)
    • Mont Blanc du Tacul: Chèré Couloir (Grade AD- WI4-)
    • Aiguille d’Argentiere: La Flèche Rousse (Grade AD 5.4)
    • Aiguilles Dorées: The Traverse (Grade AD+ 5.5)
    • l’Index: South Ridge (Grade F 5.6)

    For a complete, list along with difficulty information, route description and trip length, click on Location below.  Please contact us if you are interested in a specific route or a custom trip.

    Itinerary

    We offer 2 to 6 day Chamonix Alpine climbing programs. The length and itinerary of this program is flexible and depends on many factors including: your interests, needs and previous climbing experience.

    The difficulty and length of a chosen route(s) will often determine the the number of days on this program. Chamonix benefits from an efficient lifts network facilitating access to hundreds of classic alpine climbs. Due to the ease of access, it is possible to do many of the routes in one day and be based out of town. Also, there are many conveniently located mountain huts in the Mont Blanc Massif to base out of for the longer routes.

    Below is sample itinerary for a 3 day program

    Pre-trip meeting; 17:30 PM in Chamonix (1 hour)

    • Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda, waivers.
    • Review of planed itinerary and current conditions
    • Issue of required gear and session on packing strategy

    Day 1, First Tram, Hike-in and Climb

    • 06:00 AM, meeting at lift station & head on up
    • 06:30 AM, Gear up for glacier travel & hike-in to climb
    • Climb, climb, climb!
    • 15:30 PM, top out, walk off & hike back to lift station
    • 16:30 PM, Back in Chamonix for a great dinner

    Day 2, Full Climbing day & overnight at mountain hut

    • 06:00 AM, meeting at lift station & head on up
    • 06:30 AM, Gear up for glacier travel & hike-in to climb
    • Climb, climb, climb!
    • 15:30 PM, top out, walk off & hike back to a mountain hut
    • 16:30 PM, Back at the hut for a civilized night in the mountain

    Day 3, Last climb & tram back to Chamonix

    • 05:00 AM, breakfast, hike-in to another classic alpine route
    • 07:30 AM, start climbing
    • Climb, climb, climb!
    • 16:30 PM, top out, walk off & head back to lift station
    • 20:00 PM, back in Chamonix for a well deserved shower & dinner

    Prerequisites

    On this guided alpine rock program, prior rock climbing and mountaineering experience is required. Good physical fitness is also a must as it will give us the ability to move safely and efficiently in the mountains. The difficulty of the routes we attempt will be based on your personal goals, interests and previous climbing experience.  Previous traditional and crack climbing experience, with or without a guide and the ability to climb with a small pack is required.

    Equipment

    Alpine_Rock_Equipment_List.pdf

    Weather

    Due to the higher elevations, proximity to dominant winds and weather conditions, mountain weather is difficult to predict. It is most often worse than the weather in the surrounding valleys and can change quickly as it is really hard to predict for more than 24hrs ahead.

    In summer you expect temperatures to be from 10 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Temperatures are much colder at higher elevations, even in the summer. It is not uncommon to have overnight freezing temperatures in the alpine, outside a mountain hut or near a back country camp.

    It is always an interesting challenge to know exactly what you are going to get, therefore is important to be flexible with timing and not too attached to a particular goal or objective.  Be prepared by bringing all required items, this ensure you will be dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation.

    Location

    Located in the Western Alps, the village of Chamonix is deeply nestled near the headwaters of the Arve river in Eastern France. It is very close to the border with both Switzerland and Italy. It is best accessed from the Geneva international airport, 70 km away, via public or private transfers. Private transfers take about 1 hour and can be arranged through various companies, see FAQ below for details. Public transfers by train or bus are also possible. They are slightly more affordable however in the case of the train, connections are not ideal and it takes upwards of 2.5 hours to reach Chamonix. The bus is quicker, more direct and just as economical as the train.

    Here is a list of our favorite Chamonix peaks

    • Mont Blanc, 4808m / 15775’
    • Mont Maudit, 4465m /  14650’
    • Mont Blanc du Tacul, 4248m /  13940’
    • Aiguille du Midi, 3842m /  12600’
    • Aiguille du Plan, 3673m /  12050’
    • Aiguille des Grands Chamoz, 3445m /  11302’
    • Grandes Jorasses, 4208m /  13805’
    • Dent du Géant, 4013m /  13170’
    • Aiguille d’Entrèves, 3600m /  11810’
    • La Tour Ronde, 3800m /  12470’
    • Aiguille du Chardonnet, 3824m /  12545’
    • Aiguille d’Argentière, 3900m /  12795’
    • Aiguilles Dorées, 3519m /  11545’
    • Aiguille du Tour, 3544m /  11630’
    • Mont Dolent, 3823m /  12540’
    • Les Courtes, 3856m /  12650’
    • Les Droites, 3944m /  12940’
    • Aiguille Verte, 4122m /  13520’
    • Le Grand Dru, 3754m /  12316’
    • Aiguille du Moine, 3412m /  11200’

    Below are our favorite Chamonix alpine routes grouped by difficulty

    Easy Alpine Routes

    • l’Index: South Ridge (Grade F 5.6)
    • Aiguille du Midi: Cosmiques Arête (Grade PD+ 5.6)

    Moderate Alpine Routes

    • Mont Blanc: The Goûter Ridge & Les Trois Monts (both Grade PD)

    Advanced Alpine Routes

    • Grand Capucin: Swiss Route (Grade TD+ 5.10)
    • Dent du Géant: The South West Face (Grade AD 5.9)

    Many other easy, moderate and advanced route options exist, contact us for more information. Whether a route is easy, moderate or hard is subjective and depends on many factors. To create our favorites list we have considered these factors: length of the route, technical difficulty, how sustain a route is and how long of a day it takes to complete it.

    Services Included

    • Pre-trip planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
    • 10 years of experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • Rope use & all technical equipment
    • Emergency response plan

    Services NOT included:

    • dinners & breakfast meals on trip, available at mountain huts or in town
    • lift passes
    • personal clothing, equipment, climbing / mountaineering boots *see equipment list for more details
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • travel to meeting location or taxis for shuttles
    • accommodation or huts on trip
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

     

    FAQ

    Getting to Chamonix?

    Chamonix is located in the Alps of eastern France. It is very close to the border with both Switzerland and Italy. It is best accessed from the Geneva international airport, 70 km away, via public or private transfers. Private transfers take about 1 hour and can be arranged through these companies:

    Public transfers by train or bus are also possible. They are slightly more affordable however in the case of the train, connections are not ideal and it takes upwards of 2.5 hours to reach Chamonix.

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this guided alpine rock program, prior rock climbing and mountaineering experience is required. Good physical fitness is also a must as it will give us the ability to move safely and efficiently in the mountains. The difficulty of the routes we attempt will be based on your personal goals, interests and previous climbing experience.  Previous traditional and crack climbing experience, with or without a guide and the ability to climb with a small pack is required.

    Is it safe?

    On all our courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the industry. Mountaineering remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the equipment needed during the programs?

    On this program we offer participants access to all the technical equipment at no extra charge. This includes; harnesses, helmets, belay device, carabineers, ice axes, crampons and much more. Contact us for specific sizes and availability.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    There are a number of outdoor stores in Chamonix that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear.

    Intro to Ice Climbing

    Safely enter the enticing world of frozen waterfall ice climbing...

    The focus of the intro course is to give you the skills and confidence with modern ice climbing technique on vertical ice and mixed terrain.

    On this 2 to 3 day intro program, we will also introduce and review basic movement skills and safety, belaying and rope management while climbing lots of ice.

    Take your adventure to the next level and invest a 3rd day climbing a classic multi-pitch ice route in the Canadian Rockies. This will give you the opportunity to apply your newly learned skills and climb with a professional ice guide.

    Itinerary

    Here is a sample itinerary for the Intro to Ice Climbing course:

    • Day 1: 8:30 am meeting at climbing area TBA. Welcome, introduction, goals and agenda for the day/course. Walk-in to the climbing site.  Introduction to basic ice climbing crag safety. Review of Knots and harnesses. Adjust crampons and check gear. Crampon school with emphasis on the “French technique”. Discussion of safety procedures with review of basic belaying methods & belay calls. Ice “bouldering” - how to use ‘crampons’ in a safe environment just a few feet off the ground - essential for confidence! Top roped ice climbing. Debrief and wrap-up by 4:00pm
    • Day 2: 8:30 am meeting at climbing area TBA. Bouldering warm up. Introduction to steep ice climbing techniques. Lots of climbing with coaching on steeper ice. You will be surprised at what you can climb when using modern ice tools and proper body positioning. Introduction to use of ice screws and other protection methods. Practice “seconding” which involves removing gear placed by the “lead” climber. Debrief and wrap-up by 4:00pm
    • Day 3: 3rd day multi-pitch option TBA. Possible early start for multi-pitch venue. Climb a classic Rockies multi-pitch frozen waterfall. Continue developing your newly learned skill. Improve your skill with personalized coaching. Debrief and wrap-up by 4:00pm

    Prerequisites

    This is a beginner to intermediate program. No prior ice climbing experience is required. You will benefit from previous outdoor and/or indoor rock climbing experience. Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background, we will then find the best possible venue for you.

    Equipment

    Clic here for the Equipment List

    Weather

    The Rocky Mountain weather is generally cold and dry.  In winter you expect temperatures to be from -25C to –10C in the day while in spring daily temperatures could rise to zero.  West Kootenay weather can vary drastically.  In winter you expect temperatures to be from -15C to –5C in the day while in spring daily temperatures could rise well above zero.  Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change within the day. 

    Location

    Most of our Ice Climbing courses are based in the Canadian Rockies. When the conditions allow, we sometime run courses in the Kootenay regions of South Eastern British Columbia. Here are a few towns where we run this course from; Nelson, Cranbrook, Invemere, Golden, Lake Louise, Banff & Canmore. Suitable accommodation can be found in all these locations.

    Depending on where the participants are coming from, it may be possible to car pool to the course location. This is a great way to conserve energy and minimize transportation costs.

    The instructors will be meeting with participants the evening before the course starts for a final gear check. We will go over last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions) and logistic for the following day(s). We will also sign a liability waiver.

    Services Included

    • Pre-trip planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or Alpine guide service
    • All the technical climbing equipment
    • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

    Not included in price:

    • Lunch, snacks
    • Transportation
    • Accommodation
    • Personal ice climbing equipment
    • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

    FAQ

    Where can I rent or buy Ice Climbing equipment?

    Summit Mountain Guides has a limited amount of Ice Climbing equipment available for rental. Contact us for availability. Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson, Golden, Lake Louise, Banff & Canmore that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Golden:

    Selkirk Source for Sports: (250) 344-2966

    Lake Louise:

    Wilson Mountain Sports: (866) 929-3636 www.lakelouisewilsons.com

    Banff:

    Mountain Magic Equipment: (403) 762-2591 www.mountainmagic.com
    Monod Sports: (403) 762-4571 www.monodsports.com

    Canmore:

    Valhalla Pure Outfitters: (403) 678-5610 www.vpo.ca

    Introduction to Touring

    Discover the rewards of safely earning your turns...

    This comprehensive course is an excellent introduction to backcountry ski touring. Participants will learn a great deal about trip preparation, gear use, touring skills and hazard awareness required for safer and enjoyable ski touring.

    The main objective of this one or two day course is to give participants basic tools and confidence to safely get started with backcountry ski touring. It is also a great opportunity to discover some of the local Kootenay Backcountry and enjoy some fine powder skiing while learning from a seasoned ski guide.

    To further increase you knowledge and confidence, the next logical step is a second backcountry day on our Nelson Classics Daily Guided Ski Tours or our Avalanche Skills Training courses (AST 1 & 2)

    Itinerary

    • Meet your guide at 7:00 or 7:30 am at predetermined location to check weather and conditions, sign waivers & check gear
    • Drive up to ski touring destinations
    • Thorough avalanche training, skin up form car or take ski resort lift, instruction with alpine equipment, use, care and tips for ascent and descents
    • Full day programs, back from last run one hour before sunset.
  • Day 2: Field Day. We will meet at 7:45 or 8 am and drive directly to ski touring destinations (either skin up from the car or take the ski resort lift)
  • Here are some of the areas we may visit on this course:

    Whitewater Backcountry

    The backcountry near Whitewater ski resort is stunning, deep and accessible. There are many options to explore, using lifts or road access, including Ymir Peak, Five mile basin and Evening ridge.

    Kootenay Pass

    At 1780m, perched between the snowy little towns of Salmo and Creston, Kootenay Pass is the highest road accessible mountain pass in British Columbia. Here we will ski some of the best tree skiing in the southern Selkirks along with fantastic sub-alpine ridges boasting a great variety of open terrain. This destination is a must to all visiting ski tourers.

    Mount Brennan or London Ridge

    The Kaslo-New Denver highway gives quick access to some of the bigger alpine ski tours in the area. Both Mt Brennan and London Ridge offer vast and exposed alpine terrain, fantastically long ski descents and some of the most impressive local mountain scenery. To optimize your experience, these tours are best done in the Spring when the days longer, the snowpack deeper and temperatures warmer.

    Rossland and Red Mountain area

    The Rossland area offers fantastic lift and road access backcountry powder ski touring. It is infamous for outstanding tree skiing along with a consistently deep snowpack. The area offers a variety of possible tours, ridges and peaks for the keen ski tourer visiting the area.

     

    Prerequisites

    Though this is a beginner touring or boarding program, participants must be intermediate to advance ski resort skiers and riders. Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of tour would suit you best.

    Equipment

    Click Here for Equipment List

    Weather

    Kootenay weather can vary drastically.  In winter you expect temperatures to be from -15C to –5C in the day while in spring daily temperatures could rise well above zero.  Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation can change within the day. 

    Location

    Contact your guide by phone or email the evening before for meeting location.

    Services Included

    • Pre-trip planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA guide and/or ACMG Ski Guides service
    • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)
    • pre-trip session with guide learning how to use touring equipment, go over route and set up for backcountry day, avalanche training session
    • avalanche probe, shovel, transceiver

    Not included in price:

    • 5% gst
    • Lunch, snacks, water bottle
    • Personal ski touring boots, skis & skins or snowboarding touring set up
    • personal clothing/equipment, see equipment list
    • Transportation to touring location
    • lift fees if applicable, one way Whitewater fee is $21; Red Mtn $25 fare
    • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

    FAQ

    Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca
    Gericks   354-4622 www.gericks.com

    Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

    Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented in Nelson prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

    Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

    Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an advanced-intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

    Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. We recommend this system to advanced snowboarder over snowshoeing.

    Advanced Hikes & Treks

    Glacier Keyhole, MacBeth Icefield, Mulvey Basin, Whitewater Pass, Silverspray & Woodbury Basin...

    Join one of these remote and aesthetic advanced guided hikes in the West Kootenays.  Walk on ridges or in alpine meadows, while soaking in unending mountain views. Discover the signs of wildlife and unique flowers that exist in the high alpine zone.

    Experience the scent, sounds and vistas of high elevation hikes on an established but may at times be very rugged trail. Enjoy a full day in the high alpine.  Discover how well your body adapts to walking on or off trail.  Programs last from 8-10 hours depending on location.

    Mac Beth Ice field

    Enjoy the magnificence of being in the sounds and sights of where waterfalls, glacier and rock meet.  Your walk will take you through lush meadows, old forests and challenge your muscles to ascend a series of stairs to bring to a gloriously wild alpine basin. 

    Your physical exertion is worth the views of Horseshoe Glacier, Mac Beth Glacier and Duncan Lake far below. 

  • 15.6 km (9.7 mi.) round trip
  • 1082 m (3550 ft.) elevation gain
  • Trail head northeast of Kaslo
  • Silver Spray and Woodbury Drainage

    Ascend into the alpine and the heart of Kokanee Glacier Provincial Park.  For experienced hikers, consider walking up the steep Silver Spray Cabin trail and be rewarded with stunning alpine views in delicate meadows and recent burn subalpine ecosystem. 

    Soak in the colour of Kootenay Lake, the diverse ecology of Woodbury drainage and the peaks of the Purcells in the east.

  • 12.9 km (8 mi) round trip
  • 995 m (3265 ft.) elevation gain
  • Trailhead between Nelson and Kaslo
  • Glacier Keyhole

    If you are comfortable with heights and enjoy scrambling on boulders, consider pushing your fitness level s you hike up to the keyhole, a small notch that brings you to the edge of Kokanee Glacier. 

    Take in the views of Sawtooth ridge and the northern Selkirks from an easy ridge next to the ice.

  • 12.9 km (8 mi.) round trip
  • 995 m (3265 ft.) elevation gain
  • Trailhead very close to Nelson
  • Whitewater Pass

    Explore into grizzly bear terrain with your guide.  From your side of the valley look for clues for various four legged animals.  Notice the colours of lichen on the rock walls change as you ascent into the subalpine and watch for red tailed hawks in the wide sky above. 

    For fit hikers, continue walking by boulder fields and towards a pass of Whitewater Mtn, explore the snow that can rest there in pockets throughout the summer and experience the glorious views of Goat Range Provincial Park.

  • 13.5 km (8.4 mi.) round trip
  • 893 m (2930 ft.) elevation gain
  • Trailhead between Kalso and New Denver
  •  

    Itinerary

    We will choose an area that best meets your experience and interest.  Contact your guide by phone or email the evening before for meeting location.

    • Meet your guide between 7-8am am at predetermined location, sign waivers and check gear
    • Drive up to hiking trail head, return time based on distance from Nelson or Kaslo.

    Prerequisites

    Programs are intermediate (very fit) to advanced.  Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of tour would suit you best.

    Equipment

    Click here for equipment list

    Weather

    Kootenay weather can vary drastically.  In summer you expect temperatures to be from 8 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Visibility could be poor or whiteout conditions when raining heavily or snowing or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation can change within the day. 

    Location

    Contact your guide by phone or email the evening before for meeting location.

    Services Included

    • Pre-trip planning support
    • Fully certified ACMG guide service
    • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

    Not included in price:

    • Lunch, snacks
    • Personal equipment
    • Transportation costs
    • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

    FAQ

    Where can I purchase personal and safety equipment?

    We have some equipment available for rent, contact us.  If you’d like to buy gear consider outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent/buy gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Moderate Hikes

    Explore Monica Meadows, Jumbo Pass, Gimli Peak, Drinnon Pass, Alps Alturus...

    Join one of these stunning moderate guided hikes found in the West Kootenays. Take in the pristine and rugged mountain scenery on unique trails of the West Kootenays, B.C. 

    Depending on the location and season, you will learn the unique stories linking plant to animal and elevation to critter. Enjoy lasting alpine impressions at a moderate pace, hike for 4-6 hours.  Ascend slowly and realize how easy it is to summit, explore ridges and the flora of alpine meadows.

    The Magic of Monica Meadows

    Some people would consider a visit to Monica the highlight of their journey.  The road into Glacier Creek area itself is an adventure, winding along a rapid river and affording views of the Horseshoe and Macbeth Glaciers.  The trail ascends through a sub alpine forest, landing you in incredible paintbrush landscape of flowers, particularly mid-summer. 

    Wander above tree line, soaking in the steep peaks around you or rest on rock outcrop taking panoramic photos to later tape to your fridge.

  • 8 km (5.1 mi.) round trip
  • 579 m (1900 ft.) elevation gain
  • We also offer climbing programs in this scenic area.
  • Trail head is northeast of Kaslo, rough road conditions
  • Alpine Impressions at Jumbo Pass

    Located in the heart of the Purcell Mountains, Jumbo pass presents some impressive views of glaciers, moraines and peaks in a panoramic direction.  The trail contours through a beautiful mountain hemlock forest and opens up into small natural clearings full of wildflowers as you ascend into the alpine, where mountain goats are tucked away on high vertical ridges above you. 

    Walk into this scenic wilderness and you’ll understand why hundreds of people are opposed to development proposed here.

  • 8.4 km (5.2 mi) round trip
  • 686 m (2250 ft) elevation gain
  • Trail head is northeast of Kaslo
  • Gimli Peak and the Valhalla Guardians

    This is a hike you definitely don’t want to miss!  Located in the Valhalla Mountains, the stunning rock of Gimli, Asguard, Daag and a number of other impressive summits greet you as you ascend the into the alpine.  The trail wanders on the spine of easy shoulder, working its way through avalanches paths. 

    The habitat is prime for wildlife, including grizzly and black bear as well as an array of forest and high alpine flowers. 

  • 9.7 km (6 mi) round trip
  • 765 m (2510 ft) elevation gain
  • We also offer heli-hiking and classic alpine programs in this scenic area.
  • Trail head between Nelson and New Denver
  • Drinnon Pass and Gwilliam Lake

    The trail leads you through mature forest into the picturesque sub-alpine terrain of Valhalla Provincial Park.  At Drinnon pass you can scramble up the shoulder of Gregorio Peak and listen to the shrill call of pikas or continue walking to the aesthetic broad basin of Gwilliam Lake.

    Enjoy walking by rugged rockoutcrops and discover the variety of plants that seek a living in the alpine.

  • 11.6 km (7.2 mi.) round trip
  • 701 m (2300 ft.) elevation gain
  • Trail head between Nelson and New Denver
  • Alps Alturus

    Striking views, alpine meadows, dramatic basins with a perfect lake to soak your feet in are all on the menu at Alps Alturus.  You’ll share the stunning views with the grizzlies, pikas and marmots that live there. 

    The ascent is surprisingly easy as a forestry service road brings your vehicle to 1762m. 

  • 12.9 km (8 mi.) round trip
  • 995 m (3265 ft.) elevation gain
  • Trail head between New Denver and Nakusp
  • Itinerary

    We will choose an area that best meets your experience and interest.  Contact your guide by phone or email the evening before for meeting location.

    • Meet your guide between 7-8am am at predetermined location, sign waivers and check gear
    • Drive up to hiking trail head, return time based on distance from Nelson or Kaslo.

    Prerequisites

    Programs are for hikers who have some previous hiking experience or fitness that would allow for 4-6 hours of hiking.  Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of tour would suit you best.

    Equipment

    Click here for equipment list

    Weather

    Kootenay weather can vary drastically.  In summer you expect temperatures to be from 8 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Visibility could be poor or whiteout conditions when raining heavily or snowing or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation can change within the day. 

    Location

    Contact your guide by phone or email the evening before for meeting location.

    Services Included

    • Pre-trip planning support
    • Fully certified ACMG guide service
    • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

    Not included in price:

    • Lunch, snacks
    • Personal equipment
    • Transportation costs
    • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

    FAQ

    Where can I purchase personal and safety equipment?

    We have some equipment available for rent, contact us.  If you’d like to buy gear consider outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent/buy gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Easy Walks

    Explore Fry Creek Canyon, Idaho Peak Lookout, Pilot Bay Penisual, Cedar Grove Trail...

    Join one of these wonderful easy guided walks in the West Kootenays. Ideal for kids, families or those not familiar with hiking.  Walk with the timing that suits your body.

    Enjoy the spaciousness of spectular mountain views or walk into the depth of an old growth forest.  Find your own pace, walk your speed and appreciate the ease of trail walking.

    Idaho Peak Lookout

    This scenic trail is one of the most popular walks and rightly so, as easy vehicle access brings you right into the alpine.  The famous wildflower meadows of Idaho Peak are captured in many postcards and visitor albums.  Catch its peak in mid-July to mid-August as you wander on an easy trail that’s perfect for everyone in the family. 

    The walking ridge affords you stunning views of the Selkirk Mountains and Slocan Lake. 

  • 2.8 km (1.7 mi) round trip
  • 146 m (480 ft) elevation gain
  • Trail head between New Denver and Kaslo
  • Trip into an Old Growth Forest

    A majestic forest area, come discover the lush plants that live in the cool cedar ecosystem.  Trail head is very close to Nelson. Cedar Grove trail is a stunning forest with a dramatic grove of old cedar and hemlock trees, wander through avalanche terrain and along the gurgling river of Kokanee. 

    Wander at a leisurely pace on the well established trail.

  • 2 km (1.2 mi) round trip
  • 122 m (400 ft) elevation gain
  • Trailhead close to Nelson
  • Day Trips into Kokanee Glacier Provincial Park

    A unique protected area with trail heads close to Nelson.  Walk up to Kokanee Lake by wandering through wildflower meadows after a gentle ascent through a lush forest. 

    Listen for red breasted nutches in the forest, pika’s or watch marmots along the higher elevation aspect of the trail.

  • 8 km (4.4 mi) round trip
  • 445m (1460 ft) elevation gain
  • trailhead near Nelson
  • Continue on to Kaslo, Keen and Garland Lakes and extend your day to a moderate hike into subalpine and alpine terrain.  For fit hikers, continue your walk up to the newly built Trudeau cabin or arrange an unique overnight stay with your guide at this hut and do a multi-day adventure.

  • 15 km (9.3 mi) round trip
  • 436 m (1460 ft.) elevation gain
  • Trailhead close to Nelson
  • Fry Creek Canyon


    Enjoy the splendor of wandering to the mouth of Fry Creek, where water cascades noisily down the river, carving out pools and sediments that make up the beautiful beach headland jutting out in the 110 km long Kootenay Lake. 

    Wander on a gentle historic trail that suspends above the canyon, enjoy the sound of gurgling water and discovering the tributaries that feed the river. 

    Pine Trees of Pilot Penisula

       
    After a scenic ferry trip to Crawford Bay, enjoy a full day of gentle hiking on the east side of Kootenay Lake in the giant ponderosa pine trees and associated dry flora.  Enjoy lunch on one of the serene pebble beaches or beautiful rock outcrops. 

    For fit hikers extend your day by walking to the Tipi Camp.

     

     

    Itinerary

    We will choose an area that best meets your experience and interest.  Contact your guide by phone or email the evening before for meeting location.

    • Meet your guide between 7-8am am at predetermined location, sign waivers and check gear
    • Drive up to hiking trail head, return time based on distance from Nelson or Kaslo.

    Prerequisites

    Programs are beginner to intermediate.  This program can be adapted to suit any level of fitness or ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of tour would suit you best.

    Equipment

    Click here for equipment list

    Weather

    Kootenay weather can vary drastically.  In summer you expect temperatures to be from 8 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Visibility could be poor or whiteout conditions when raining heavily or snowing or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation can change within the day. 

    Location

    Contact your guide by phone or email the evening before for meeting location.

    Services Included

    • Pre-trip planning support
    • Fully certified ACMG guide service
    • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

    Not included in price:

    • Lunch, snacks
    • Personal equipment
    • Transportation costs
    • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

    FAQ

    Where can I purchase personal and safety equipment?

    We have some equipment available for rent, contact us.  If you’d like to buy gear consider outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent/buy gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Alpine Hiking

    Discover the best trails and treks in the West Kootenays with a hiking guide providing you with exceptional mountain experiences...

    Enjoy the hidden hiking gems of the backcountry near Nelson, Kalso and New Denver…

    Daily guided hikes allow you to keep your pack light so you can explore for a full day the pristine mountains and discover the stories behind the unique alpine flora and fauna.  Whether staying in a comfortable hotel, cabin or camping, you can easily access day programs or build a multi-day hiking program to suit your interests, experience and adventure!


    For hikers seeking unique backcountry hikes, join a certified hiking guide for the day to walk in an alpine meadow, along aesthetic ridges or through the lush forests of the Selkirk, Monashee and Purcell Mountains.  The West Kootenay region provides a diverse array established wilderness trails for beginner walkers to very experienced hikers. 

    Enjoy the pristine and rugged mountain scenery on trails in Valhalla Provincial Park, Kokanee Glacier Provincial Park, Goat Range Provincial Park as well as unique places like MacBeth Icefield, Whitewater Canyon, Jumbo Pass, Idaho Peak, Mt. Gimli and many more!  We offer a number of hikes, each different from one another, see our favorite hiking trails for inspiration.

    Itinerary

    Some of the trail options include Whitewater Pass in Goat Range Provincial Park, the Keyhole in Kokanee Galcier Provincial Park, Loki Peak in the Purcells, Mulvey Basin the Valhalla Provincial Park. View favorite trails page for more ideas. We will choose an area that best meets your experience and interest.  Contact your guide by phone or email the evening before for meeting location.

    • Meet your guide between 7-8am am at predetermined location, sign waivers and check gear
    • Drive up to hiking trail head, return time based on distance from Nelson or Kaslo.  Programs run between 8-10 hours.

    Prerequisites

    Programs are beginner to advanced.  Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of tour would suit you best.

    Equipment

    Click here for equipment list

    Weather

    Kootenay weather can vary drastically.  In summer you expect temperatures to be from 8 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Visibility could be poor or whiteout conditions when raining heavily or snowing or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation can change within the day. 

    Location

    Contact your guide by phone or email the evening before for meeting location.

    Services Included

    • Pre-trip planning support
    • Fully certified ACMG guide service
    • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

    Not included in price:

    • Lunch, snacks
    • Personal equipment
    • Transportation costs
    • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

    FAQ

    Where can I purchase personal and safety equipment?

    We have some equipment available for rent, contact us.  If you’d like to buy gear consider outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent/buy gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Heli-drop Hiking

    Ensure your hiking day is off the beaten path, get a quick lift into the alpine…

    Enjoy walking on ridges or in alpine meadows, while soaking in unending mountain views.  Discover the signs of wildlife and unique flowers that exist in the high alpine zone.  A gourmet lunch is provided, enjoy while feasting on the Selkirk Mountain vista.

    Skip the gruelling ascent from the valley and enjoy the scenic tour from Nelson and the excitement of being dropped off on an alpine ridge with your interpretive guide.  Enjoy a full day adventure, with scenic views of the glaciated terrain of Kokanee Provincial Park. 

    Notice the seclusion of walking along an alpine ridge where you will be dropped off with your guide.  For each of our heli-hiking adventures, you will walk with a professionally trained hiking guide and interpreter.  While in the mountains, we teach you how to travel with low impact, while on flight pilots choose routes that avoid disturbing wildlife.  Spend the rest of the day taking in majestic mountain views as you traverse through the alpine landscape.  At the end of your hike, a pick up vehicle returns you to Nelson. 

    Itinerary

    Choose one of our popular helicopter trips or create a unique multi-day tour around the West Kootenays.  Be the first one to book a hike and you determine the level of challenge and location with the guidance from Summit Mountain Guide staff. 

    We offer day programs that drop off near the pristine wilderness of Valhalla Provincial Park, Kokanee Provincial Park, ridges near Baldface Lodge or peaks close to Whitewater Ski Resort.  Our multi-day programs can involve one or two nights at a rustic hut or backcountry lodges like Valhalla Lodge, Mt. Carlye Lodge.

    Prerequisites

    Programs are intermediate to advanced.  Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of tour would suit you best.

    Equipment

    Click here for equipment list

    Weather

    Kootenay weather can vary drastically.  In summer you expect temperatures to be from 8 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Visibility could be poor or whiteout conditions when raining heavily or snowing or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation can change within the day.

    Location

    Contact your guide the evening before for meeting location.

    Services Included

    • Pre-trip planning support
    • Helicopter Transport
    • Fully certified ACMG guide service
    • Gourmet lunch and snacks
    • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

    Not included in price:

    • Lunch, snacks
    • Personal equipment
    • Transportation costs to meeting location
    • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

    FAQ

    Where can I purchase personal and safety equipment?

    We have some equipment available for rent, contact us.  If you’d like to buy gear consider outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent/buy gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Guided Ecology Hikes

    Stretch your legs and your knowledge of the forest and mountain ecosystems, hike with a interpretive guide…

    For those that are new to hiking or just warming up their calf muscles, an interpretive program may be perfect for you! Enjoy learning the mysteries behind the ecology and geology of the area.

    Discover the stories behind the scenery; walk in the valley bottom, the depth of the interior forest or the high alpine.  Choose an interpretive theme that peaks your interest; we will find the best trail to suit it. 

    Itinerary

    We will choose an area and interpretive theme that best meets your experience and interest. Full day alpine hikes leave town early and return by supper; our interpretive nature walks and easy strolls begin at 8am and return just after lunch. Contact your guide by phone or email the evening before for trail options.

    • Meet your guide between 7-8am am at predetermined location, sign waivers and check gear
    • Drive up to hiking trail head, return time based on distance from Nelson or Kaslo.

     

    Prerequisites

    Programs are very easy to advanced.  Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability. 

    Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of walking or hiking full day program or half day tour would suit you best.

    Equipment

    Click here for equipment list

    Weather

    Kootenay weather can vary drastically.  In summer you expect temperatures to be from 8 C to 28C in the day while overnight temperature can drop dramatically in the high alpine, even below zero.  Visibility could be poor or whiteout conditions when raining heavily or snowing or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind, precipitation can change within the day. 

    Location

    Contact your guide by phone or email the evening before for meeting location.

    Services Included

    • Pre-trip planning support
    • Fully certified ACMG guide service
    • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

    Not included in price:

    • Lunch, snacks
    • Personal equipment
    • Transportation costs
    • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

    FAQ

    Where can I purchase personal and safety equipment?

    We have some equipment available for rent, contact us.  If you’d like to buy gear consider outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent/buy gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Valhalla Traverse

    Remote and committing, a rewarding ski traverse through Valhalla Provincial Park...

    The Valhalla traverse is the ultimate West Kootenay traverse. This committing, 7 day, tent based ski traverse is a challenging trip with big ascents and descents over rugged and remote alpine terrain in the famous Selkirk mountain.

    Our itinerary will take you through the heart of Valhalla Provincial Park from the majestic Mulvey Basin along the height of land all the way to Shannon creek near Hills, BC. It is available in March or April when the days are longer, warmer and the snowpack is more stable.

    Itinerary

    The weather and conditions will have a direct effect on our exact itinerary. This tour is particularly far from any escape routes and travels through steep exposed terrain. The conditions and weather have to be optimal for this committing trip to unfold as planed. Here is a sample itinerary:

    • Pre-Trip meeting; Participants will meet the guide(s) at 4pm in Nelson, BC before the trip starts. We will go over last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions) and logistic for the following days. We will also sign a liability waiver and do an avalanche beacon exercise
    • Day 1; We will fly to the South boundary of Valhalla Provincial Park near Gimli Peak at 07:00 AM. Our first day will involved touring up to the Wolf’s Ears Col and skiing down into Mulvey Basin. We will establish camp 1 on a high shelf on the north side of the upper Mulvey Lakes
    • Day 2; We will travel in a Westerly direction over 3 mountain passes from Mulvey Basin to Gwillim lakes where we will establish our camp 2
    • Day 3; From Gwillim Lakes we will start traveling Northward over Lucifer col, Hird Lakes and Urd col to the Ice creek valley where we will pick up our food cache and set up camp 3
    • Day 4; After replenishing with fresh food we will continue North and East by ascending to a high col at the headwaters of Beatrice creek. From the col we will ski down to an alpine basin near Avis Lakes and establish camp 4
    • Day 5; From Avis Lakes, we will follow the top of a ridge system eastward and eventually ski to the North into the headwaters of Snow creek. A short climb Eastward to a col will lead to the headwaters of Nemo creek. A fun ski down to an alpine bench with unnamed lakes leads to camp 5
    • Day 6; A big ascent over Mount Meers leads to a fantastic run down to Wee Sandy Lake. A Northward traverse across the headwaters of Wee Sandy creek will take us to our last camp near an unnamed lake Northeast of Mount Niord
    • Day 7; On our last day we will ascend Northwest to the committing Nerthus-Skadi col. We will then travel Northward along a ridge at the headwaters of Wragge creek and eventually to the Vingolf col. From here we will enjoy our last descent down Shanon creek and eventually the small village of Hills
    • We will travel from Hills back to Nelson by vehicle just in time for a well earned shower and social evening

    Prerequisites

    This is an advance ski traverse. Prior overnight backcountry ski touring experience, preferably winter camping, and a minimum of advanced downhill skiing skills are required.

    Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and options.

    Equipment

    Click here for Equipment list

    Weather

    This tour is particularly far from any escape routes and travels through steep exposed terrain. The conditions and weather have to be optimal for this committing trip to unfold as planed. The West Kootenay weather can vary drastically, specially in the Spring time.  In Winter you can expect temperatures to be from -15C to –5C in the day while in Spring daily temperatures could rise well above zero. Overnight temperatures will often dip below 20C, even in the Spring. Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days. Ensure you are dressed and equipped for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change rapidly.

    Location

    This trip is located in Valhalla Provincial Park in the Southeastern British Columbia. You will be meeting with your guide the evening before the trip starts in Nelson for a final gear check. We will go over last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions) and logistic for the following days. We will also sign a liability waiver.

    Services Included

    • Pre-trip planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA guide and /or ACMG Ski guide service
    • Transportation from/to Nelson at the start and end of the trip
    • Helicopter Access to our starting point
    • All Breakfasts and Dinners while on the trip
    • Tents and Cooking equipment for winter camping
    • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

    Not included in price:

    • Individual Lunches
    • Personal ski touring & avalanche safety equipment
    • Trip cancellation, adventure travel, rescue & medical insurance. Contact us for more info

    FAQ

    Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

    Summit Mountain Guides has a limited amount of winter safety equipment available for rental. Contact us for availability. Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca
    Gericks   354-4622 www.gericks.com

    Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

    Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented in Nelson prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

    Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

    Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an advanced-intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

    Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. We recommend this system to advanced snowboarder over snowshoeing.

    Introduction to Rock Climbing

    Expose yourself to this rewarding activity with our certified instructors...

    This 1 to 2 day beginner program is for families, groups and individuals wishing to safely learn the basics of outdoor rock climbing.

    Topics covered on the 1 day program include; basic climbing knots, movement skills, equipment use, top rope climbing techniques and general crag safety.

    On the two day program, you will learn personalized movement skills, basic anchor construction and rappelling while climbing as much rock as possible.

    Itinerary

    8:00 AM meeting at local climbing site

  • Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda
  • Issue of required gear
  • Intro to common rock climbing equipment
  • Movement skills intro and bouldering
  • Basic knots, belaying, rope handling and commands
  • Rock climbing with the safety of a rope
  • Integration of movement skills while roped climbing
  • Climbing different routes
  • On the 2nd day, we will introduce lead belaying, rappelling and basic anchor construction
  • Course debrief and wrap-up by 4:30pm
  • For the three day summer youth rock camps, there may be more advanced rock climbing skills offered for students to learn. There will be additional discussions weaved through regarding decision making, risk assessment, leadership and group role.

    In the event of wet weather, participants will do change activities and do a hiking program focusing on leadership skills, navigation, geology and ecology and explore both valley and alpine based hikes. Parents or supervisors will need to provide transportation to all meeting locations and/or trail heads.

    Our experienced instructors will customize your learning based on your background and recommend further training if interested.

    Prerequisites

    No previous climbing experience required however, previous climbing experience (indoors or outdoors) is an asset. Join us and safely learn this exciting sport from our skilled instructors.

    Equipment

    rock-climbing-equipment-list.pdf

    Weather

    Spring and fall temperatures in the West Kootenays can vary wildly from 0C to +20C during the day. Conditions can change from warm sunshine to isolated showers quickly.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation tends to change within the day.

    Summer (July and August) tend to be more predictable but can be very hot. The average mid-day temperature in the summer usually ranges from +20C to +30C. A lightweight rain and/or wind shell can come in petty handy in the event of an afternoon thundershowers. Be sure to pack a ball cap, sunglasses along with sunscreen and extra water during the summer season, see equipment list for specific details.

    Location

    This course is available throughout Western Canada, contact us with a desired location. The West Kootenay courses will take place at one of the many local outdoor rock climbing sites in the Nelson & Castlegar area (Slocan Bluffs, Kinnard Bluffs, Koch creek Bluffs, Waterline, etc.). The area is blessed with a fine variety of outdoor rock climbing sites in pristine wilderness.

    The group will be meeting with the instructor at 8:00 AM at a pre-establish outdoor rock climbing site in the West Kootenays. We will go over last minute equipment issues, review the planed itinerary and update you with present conditions.

    Services Included

    • Pre-course planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
    • 20 years of experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • technical gear including harnesses, helmets, belay device and rock shoes (or use your own)
    • Rope use & all technical equipment
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan
    • Group safety equipment

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • personal clothing *see equipment list for more details
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • wilderness permits for national parks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this course, no previous climbing experience is required. This introduction to outdoor rock climbing course is for beginner climbers and climbers with some prior indoor climbing experience.

    Is it safe?

    For all of our climbing programs and courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the industry. Rock climbing remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the rock climbing equipment needed during the programs?

    On this program we offer participants access to all the technical climbing and rescue gear at no extra charge. This includes; harnesses, helmets, rock shoes, belay device, carabineers and much more. Contact us for specific sizes and availability.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.vpo.ca

    Advanced Rock Skills Training

    This course is designed for intermediate to advanced climbers seeking a broader rock climbing skill set.

    The “Rock Skills Series” is the centerpiece of our advanced rock climbing programs. It is a 1 to 3 day comprehensive series designed for intermediate to advance climbers.

    Whether you are interested in a particular skill or want to tackle the 3 day series, you will learn modern climbing methods from qualified instructors in a safe environment.

    Our Rock Skills Series focuses on specific skills over 4 separate days;

    • Rock Skills 1: Lead Climbing & Advanced Movement Skills
    • Rock Skills 2: Traditional Equipment & Improvised Anchors
    • Rock Skills 3: Multi Pitch Climbing Systems
    • Rock Skills 4: Rock Rescue *course description

    See itinerary below for more details on skills series #1-3.

    We also offer other clinics on topics like: New Routing, Aid Climbing & Big Wall Techniques, etc. Contact us for more information

    Itinerary

    Rock Skills 1: Lead Climbing & Advanced Movement Skills

  • 8:00 AM meeting at local climbing site
  • Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda
  • Issue of required gear
  • Review movement on rock while bouldering
  • Review knots, basic belay systems and commands
  • Review lead belaying, lowering & rappelling
  • Learn how to safely thread the anchor
  • Fall factor and multiplication of forces
  • Lead climbing on single pitch sport routes
  • Personalized coaching & movement skills
  • Course debrief and wrap-up by 4:30pm
  • Rock Skills 2: Traditional Equipment & Improvised Anchors

  • 8:00 AM meeting at local climbing site
  • Review yesterday skills
  • Introduction to traditional gear and ethics
  • Placing traditional gear & anchors construction
  • Fall factor and multiplication of forces
  • Simulated traditional gear leads
  • Personalized coaching & movement skills
  • Additional skill if time permits
  • Personal evaluation; recognizing strengths, weaknesses, comfort zones, instructor recommendations, etc.
  • Course debrief and wrap-up by 4:30pm
  • Rock Skills 3: Multi Pitch Climbing Systems

  • 8:00 AM meeting at local climbing site
  • Review skills from day 1&2
  • Systems and equipment for Multi-Pitch climbing
  • Fall factor and multiplication of forces
  • Lead climbing and belaying practice
  • Multi-pitch climb and technical descent (multiple rappels)
  • Course debrief and wrap-up by 4:30pm
  • Interested in more learning? We also offer various clinics on topics like: New Routing, Rock Rescue, Aid Climbing & Big Wall Techniques, etc. Contact us for more information

    Prerequisites

    This is an intermediate to advanced course for climbers seeking a broader rock climbing skill set.  Previous climbing experience on sport routes in the 5.8 to 5.10a range is required.  Some exposure to traditional gear and crack climbing is very useful.

    Equipment

    Advanced_rock-climbing-equipment-list.pdf

    Weather

    Spring and fall temperatures in the West Kootenays can vary wildly from 0C to +20C during the day. Conditions can change from warm sunshine to isolated showers quickly.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation tends to change within the day.

    Summer (July and August) tend to be more predictable but can be very hot. The average mid-day temperature in the summer usually ranges from +20C to +30C. A lightweight rain and/or wind shell can come in petty handy in the event of an afternoon thundershowers. Be sure to pack a ball cap, sunglasses along with sunscreen and extra water during the summer season, see equipment list for specific details.

    Location

    This course is available throughout Western Canada, contact us with a desired location. The West Kootenay courses will take place at one of the many local outdoor rock climbing sites in the Nelson & Castlegar area (Slocan Bluffs, Kinnard Bluffs, Koch creek Bluffs, Waterline, etc.). The area is blessed with a fine variety of outdoor rock climbing sites in pristine wilderness.

    The group will be meeting with the instructor at 8:00 AM of the 1st day at pre-establish outdoor rock climbing site. We will go over last minute equipment issues, review the planed itinerary and update you with present conditions.

    Services Included

    • Pre-course planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
    • 20 years of experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • Rope use & all technical equipment
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan
    • Group safety equipment

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • personal clothing *see equipment list for more details
    • technical gear including harnesses, helmets, belay device and rock shoes *SMG rentals $25/day
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • wilderness permits for national parks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this course, candidates will benefit from a few years of sport lead climbing experience (5.8 to 5.10a) along with exposure to climbing with traditional gear on crack climbs. The more experience you have, the more you will benefit from this course.

    Is it safe?

    For all of our climbing programs and courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the industry. Rock climbing remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the rock climbing equipment needed during the programs?

    On this program we offer participants access to all the technical climbing and rescue gear at no extra charge. This includes; harnesses, helmets, rock shoes, belay device, carabineers and much more. Contact us for specific sizes and availability.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.vpo.ca

    Rock Transition

    The logical next step for indoor gym climbers interested in gaining outdoor rock climbing skills...

    The focus of this 1-day course is to convey basic safety standards for outdoor top roping climbing practices and to introduce lead and multi-pitch climbing.

    Skills covered include; general crag safety, anchor construction, rappelling, basic rope handling, movement skills, lead belaying & intro to multi-pitch climbing. Join this course and safely learn from a professional how to get started and established at your local crag.

    This course is available throughout Western Canada, contact us with a desired location. The West Kootenay courses will take place at one of the many local outdoor rock climbing sites in the Nelson & Castlegar area (Slocan Bluffs, Kinnard Bluffs, Koch creek Bluffs, Waterline, etc.). The area is blessed with a fine variety of outdoor rock climbing sites in pristine wilderness.

    Itinerary

    Day 1: 8:00 AM meeting at local climbing site

    • Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda.
    • Issue of required gear & review
    • Introduce/review knots, basic belay systems and belay calls
    • Climbing, rappelling & lowering
    • Basic top roping anchor skills
    • Lead belaying skills
    • Lead & multi-pitch climbing intro

    Day 2 option: 8:00 AM meeting at local climbing site

    • This extra day is available for those interested in further developing their skills. Customize your learning on a multi pitch climb, do a specific skills clinic or a more advance skills.

    Prerequisites

    This is a beginner to intermediate program for climbers wishing to make a safe transition from gym climbing to outdoor rock climbing.

    Previous gym climbing experience is required, outdoor climbing aspirations is very useful!

    Equipment

    rock-climbing-equipment-list.doc

    Weather

    Spring and fall temperatures in the West Kootenays can vary wildly from 0C to +20C during the day. Conditions can change from warm sunshine to isolated showers quickly.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation tends to change within the day.

    Summer (July and August) tend to be more predictable but can be very hot. The average mid-day temperature in the summer usually ranges from +20C to +30C. A lightweight rain and/or wind shell can come in petty handy in the event of an afternoon thundershowers. Be sure to pack a ball cap, sunglasses along with sunscreen and extra water during the summer season, see equipment list for specific details.

    Location

    The group will be meeting with the instructor at 8:00 AM of the 1st day at pre-establish outdoor rock climbing site in the West Kootenays. We will go over last minute equipment issues review the planed itinerary and update you with present conditions.

    Services Included

    • Pre-course planning support
    • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
    • 20 years of experience in the area
    • Alternative plan based on current conditions
    • technical gear including harnesses, helmets, belay device and rock shoes (or use your own)
    • Rope use & all technical equipment
    • Park permits and Liability Insurance
    • Emergency response plan
    • Group safety equipment

    Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • personal clothing *see equipment list for more details
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • wilderness permits if in a national parks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this course, candidates will benefit from a year or two of periodic gym climbing. If you have lots of gym climbing experience along with some outdoor rock climbing experience, the advance rock course may be more beneficial for you. Please feel free to contact us in this regard.

    Is it safe?

    For all of our climbing programs and courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the industry. Rock climbing remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the rock climbing equipment needed during the programs?

    On this program we offer participants access to all the technical climbing and rescue gear at no extra charge. This includes; harnesses, helmets, rock shoes, belay device, carabineers and much more. Contact us for specific sizes and availability.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca

    Rock Rescue

    Prepare yourself for the unexpected! Build your improvised rock rescue skills...

    This 1 day course is an introduction to improvised rock climbing rescue.

    Topics include rope ascending, escaping the belay, load transfers, raising and lowering systems along with troubleshooting various scenarios.  Intermediate to advance climbers welcome.

    A second day focusing on more advanced rock rescue skills (ie. leaders fall, traverses, etc.) is also available. Contact us for more information

    Itinerary

    8:00 AM meeting at local climbing site

  • 8:00 am Welcome, introduction, goals & agenda
  • Issue of required gear
  • Revise anchor construction
  • Introduction of rescue knots
  • Fall factor and multiplication of forces
  • Rope ascending
  • Escaping the belay, load transfers
  • Raising and lowering systems
  • Day 2 will focus on more advanced scenario like: leaders fall, traverses, etc.
  • Course debrief and wrap-up by 4:30pm
  • Prerequisites

    This is an intermediate to advanced course for climbers interested in developing their improvised rescue skills. 

    Previous lead climbing experience along with some exposure to traditional gear and crack climbing is very useful.

    Equipment

    Advanced_rock-climbing-equipment-list.pdf

    Weather

    Spring and fall temperatures in the West Kootenays can vary wildly from 0C to +20C during the day. Conditions can change from warm sunshine to isolated showers quickly.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation tends to change within the day.

    Summer (July and August) tend to be more predictable but can be very hot. The average mid-day temperature in the summer usually ranges from +20C to +30C. A lightweight rain and/or wind shell can come in petty handy in the event of an afternoon thundershowers. Be sure to pack a ball cap, sunglasses along with sunscreen and extra water during the summer season, see equipment list for specific details.

    Location

    This course is available throughout Western Canada, contact us with a desired location. The West Kootenay courses will take place at one of the many local outdoor rock climbing sites in the Nelson & Castlegar area (Slocan Bluffs, Kinnard Bluffs, Koch creek Bluffs, Waterline, etc.). The area is blessed with a fine variety of outdoor rock climbing sites in pristine wilderness.

    The group will be meeting with the instructor at 8:00 AM at a pre-establish outdoor rock climbing site. We will go over last minute equipment issues, review the planed itinerary and update you with present conditions.

    Services Included

  • Pre-course planning support
  • Fully certified IFMGA and/or ACMG Alpine Guide or Mountain Guide services
  • 20 years of experience in the area
  • Alternative plan based on current conditions
  • technical gear including harnesses, helmets, belay device and rock shoes (or use your own)
  • Rope use & all technical equipment
  • Park permits and Liability Insurance
  • Emergency response plan
  • Group safety equipment
  • Services NOT included:

    • 5% gst tax
    • personal clothing *see equipment list for more details
    • personal lunch & snacks
    • wilderness permits if in a national parks
    • travel to meeting location and accommodation prior to field portion trip
    • gratuities
    • trip interruption, cancellation insurance or medical insurance
    • additional costs incurred if changes made to itinerary due to weather

    FAQ

    How experienced do I need to be?

    On this course, candidates will benefit from a few years of sport lead climbing experience (5.8 to 5.10a) along with exposure to climbing with traditional gear on crack climbs. The more experience you have, the more you will benefit from this course.

    Is it safe?

    For all of our climbing programs and courses, SMG provides you with fully certified IFMGA/ACMG Mountain, alpine and rock guides. This guaranties you the highest safety standards in the industry. Rock climbing remains hazardous and while it is impossible to eliminate all the hazards, our guides will maximize your experience and greatly minimize the risks involved.

    Can I rent some of the rock climbing equipment needed during the programs?

    On this program we offer participants access to all the technical climbing and rescue gear at no extra charge. This includes; harnesses, helmets, rock shoes, belay device, carabineers and much more. Contact us for specific sizes and availability.

    Where can I rent/buy climbing & outdoor equipment?

    Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

    Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
    Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.vpo.ca

    Bonnington Traverse

    A good introduction to backcountry ski-traverses from the comfort of rustic mountain huts...

    A West Kootenay classic! This hut-to -hut tour is a good introduction to ski traverses. It offers fantastic tree skiing, open bowls and sharp ridges along with a reliable snowpack. Along the way, there are plenty of good views from the many ski peaks in the 7000’ (2300m) range.

    This 3 to 5 day tour is available from December to April. It is very accessible from either Nelson, Castlegar or Rossland. Due to the slightly lower elevation of this trip and the abundance of good tree skiing along the way, it remains a good option in variable weather & conditions.

    Itinerary

    This is a 3 day program with helicopter access or a 4 or 5 day program with vehicle access.

    3 day trip:

    • Day 1: We will drive to Castlegar early in the morning and take a helicopter flight to a high mountain ridge near Grassy Mountain on the west side of the Bonnington Range. During the day we will enjoy powder skiing descents and challenging ascents en route to the Steed hut near Siwash Mountain.
    • Day 2: After a night in the lovely Steed hut we will make our way to the rustic Copper Mountain hut. We will be travelling on the east side of Siwash Mountain and the head waters of Erie creek. Many great ski descents and fun touring are on the menu for the day.
    • Day 3: Weather and conditions permitting, we will be travelling along an exposed mountain ridge between Copper Mountain and Empire peak. The highlight of the trip! Along the way, there are plenty of options for outstanding runs with fantastic views. From there a long descent to Barrett Lake and down Barrett creek will bring us back to the real world and a cozy shuttle back to Nelson

    4 day trip:

    • Day 1: We will drive to the Bombi summit,  a mountain pass along highway 3B between Castlegar and Salmo, and ski tour to the Grassy Mountain hut. We will ascend to a sub summit SW of Grassy Mountain and ski down to this rustic hut. Depending on timing and energy levels, we may do a few runs on the beautiful open glades below Grassy Mountain.
    • Day 2: After an early start, we will travel northward along the west end of the Bonnington range. During the day we will enjoy powder skiing descents and challenging ascents en route to the Steed hut near Siwash Mountain.
    • Day 3: After a night in the lovely Steed hut we will make our way to the rustic Copper Mountain hut. We will be travelling on the east side of Siwash Mountain and the head waters of Erie creek. Many great ski descents and fun touring are on the menu for the day.
    • Day 4: Weather and conditions permitting, we will be travelling along an exposed mountain ridge between Copper Mountain and Empire peak. The highlight of the trip! Along the way, there are plenty of options for outstanding runs with fantastic views. From there a long descent to Barrett Lake and down Barrett creek will bring us back to the real world and a cozy shuttle back to Nelson.

    5 day trip:

    • Adding a fifth day to your program, will give you a few more options for touring or avalanche instruction. The additional day can be enjoyed based from the Steed Hut or instead you can do the “full traverse”, staying at Huckleberry Hut and ski Dominion peak.
    • Prerequisites

      This is a beginner to intermediate ski traverse. Prior day backcountry ski touring experience with a minimum of intermediate downhill skills is required. Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of tour would suit you best.

      Equipment

      Click here for the Equipment List

      Weather

      Kootenay weather can vary drastically.  In winter you expect temperatures to be from -15C to –5C in the day while in spring daily temperatures could rise well above zero.  Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change within the day. 

      Location

      This trip is based in Nelson BC. You will be meeting with your guide the evening before the trip starts for a final gear check. We will go over last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions) and logistic for the following days. We will also sign a liability waiver.

      Services Included

      • Pre-trip planning support
      • Fully certified IFMGA guide and /or ACMG Ski guide service
      • hut accommodation
      • support to arrange shuttle at start and end of trip
      • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

      Not included in price:

      • Personal ski touring boots, skis, skins or splitboard
      • personal avalanche safety equipment *SMG rentals available $25/day for beacon ($15), shovel ($5) & probe ($5)
      • snacks, lunches while on the trip
      • simple backcountry meals supper & breakfast are available at $45/eve
      • 5% gst tax
      • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

      FAQ

      Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

      Summit Mountain Guides has a limited amount of winter safety equipment available for rental. Contact us for availability. Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

      Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
      Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca
      Gericks   354-4622 www.gericks.com

      Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

      Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented in Nelson prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

      Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

      Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an advanced-intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

      Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. We recommend this system to advanced snowboarder over snowshoeing.

      Kokanee Glacier Traverse

      A modern traverse involving heaps of good skiing...

      This little known gem is our local favorite! It is an interesting 5 day trip and a good introduction to tent based ski-traverses. The highlight includes: fantastic steep ascents and descent, complex but intriguing alpine terrain and beautiful scenery while traveling through the famous Kokanee Glacier Park.

      The itinerary of this exciting trip starts with a heli drop near the Kokanee Provincial park boundary. From there we will travel through Kokanee Provincial Park via the Kokanee & Woodbury Glaciers, the Silver Spray Basin and the Cariboo Ridge all the way to Kalso BC. Like the Valhalla traverse this trip is best done in March and April.

      Itinerary

      Contact us for more info

      Prerequisites

      This is an intermediate to advance ski traverse. Prior overnight backcountry ski touring experience, preferably winter camping, and a minimum of advanced downhill skiing skills are required. Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and options.

      Equipment

      Click here for Equipment list

      Weather

      This tour is particularly far from any escape routes and travels through steep exposed terrain. The conditions and weather have to be optimal for this committing trip to unfold as planed. The West Kootenay weather can vary drastically, specially in the Spring time.  In Winter you can expect temperatures to be from -15C to –5C in the day while in Spring daily temperatures could rise well above zero. Overnight temperatures will often dip below 20C, even in the Spring. Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days. Ensure you are dressed and equipped for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change rapidly.

      Location

      This trip is located in Kokanee Glacier Provincial Park in the Southeastern British Columbia. You will be meeting with your guide the evening before the trip starts in Nelson for a final gear check. We will go over last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions) and logistic for the following days. We will also sign a liability waiver.

      Services Included

      • Pre-trip planning support
      • Fully certified IFMGA guide and /or ACMG Ski guide service
      • Transportation from/to Nelson at the start and end of the trip
      • Helicopter Access to our starting point
      • All Breakfasts and Dinners while on the trip
      • Tents and Cooking equipment for winter camping
      • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

      Not included in price:

      • Individual Lunches
      • Personal ski touring & avalanche safety equipment
      • Trip cancellation, adventure travel, rescue & medical insurance. Contact us for more info

      FAQ

      Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

      Summit Mountain Guides has a limited amount of winter safety equipment available for rental. Contact us for availability. Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

      Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
      Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca
      Gericks   354-4622 www.gericks.com

      Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

      Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented in Nelson prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

      Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

      Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an advanced-intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

      Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. We recommend this system to advanced snowboarder over snowshoeing.

      Wapta Ice Fields Traverse

      An all-time Canadian Rockies classic hut-to-hut ski traverse...

      An outstanding ski traverse in the heart of the Canadian Rockies, a must do! This multi-day hut-to-hut ski traverse follows the spine of the Wapta & Wapituk icefields in Banff National Park just west of Lake Louise.

      There is plenty of impressive ski touring terrain on this trip; vast glaciers, high alpine vistas and many ski-able summits. We will have the luxury of going to a comfortable new hut every night. While the traditional way of skiing this traverse is from Peyto hut to Sherbrooke lake (North to South), there are many possible variations available. For optimal conditions, this tour is best done between February and April.

      Itinerary

      Many variations exist for a four to six day program, contact us for more info

      Prerequisites

      This is an intermediate ski traverse. Prior overnight back country ski touring experience is beneficial. A minimum of intermediate downhill skiing ability and previous ski touring experience required.

      Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and options.

       

      Equipment

      Click here for the Equipment List

      Weather

      The Rocky Mountain weather is generally cold and dry.  In winter you expect temperatures to be from -25C to –10C in the day while in spring daily temperatures could rise to zero.  Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change within the day. 

      Location

      Located in the heart of Banff National Park, the traverse is surrounded by the stunning Canadian Rockies. Famous for its well-preserved natural beauty, this tour also offers some fantastic alpine and glaciated ski touring with possible ski mountaineering ascents.

      Due to the cold temperatures and a long winter season, It is best to visit this area from mid Winter to late Spring.

      Services Included

      • Pre-trip planning support
      • Fully certified IFMGA guide and /or ACMG Ski guide service
      • ACC huts on the traverse
      • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

      Not included in price:

      • Personal ski and avalanche safety equipment
      • Personal snacks or daily lunches while on the trip
      • All supper & breakfast meals while on the trip, available for $45/night
      • Transportation from Lake Louise at the ski trail head and pick up at end of the trip
      • Accommodation at Lake Louise at the start and end of the trip
      • 5% tax
      • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

      FAQ

      Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

      Summit Mountain Guides has a limited amount of winter safety equipment available for rental. Contact us for availability. Here are a few outdoor stores in Canmore, Banff, Lake Lousie & Golden that supply good service, quality outdoor equipment and gear rental. Please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

      Canmore:

      Valhalla Pure Outfitters: (403) 678-5610 www.shop.vpo.ca

      Banff:

      Monod Sports: (403) 762-4571 www.monodsports.com

      Lake Louise:

      Wilson Mountain Sports: (866) 929-3636 www.lakelouisewilsons.com

      Golden:

      Selkirk Source for Sports: (250) 344-2966

      Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

      Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

      Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

      Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an advanced-intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

      Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. We recommend this system to advanced snowboarder over snowshoeing.

      Haute Route

      Deservedly the most historic hut to hut ski traverses in the world...

      The original multi day ski traverse between Chamonix and Zermatt. Experience the merging of mountain beauty and culture, this popular tour offers fantastic ski ascents and descents on high elevation glaciated terrain while staying in cozy mountain huts.

      This classic tour is a great introduction to ski touring in the Alps. The Haute Route is a 7 day ski touring program best done in April.

      Itinerary

      Below is a sample itinerary for the both the “Regular” and the “Classic” Haute Route from Chamonix to Zermatt. The regular haute route travels through Verbier and is slightly less technical than the classic itinerary. The later route travels through Valsorey and the “Plateau du Couloir” on the south side of Grand Combin, it involves more mountaineering and greater exposure. Both are 7 day programs.

      To break the ice and get a chance to meet your guide(s) & acclimatize before your trip starts, we recommend you join a fantastic day tour and descent of the famous “Vallée Blanche” from L’aiguille du Midi near Chamonix before the Haute Route. Contact us for more details about this great option.

      The “Regular” Haute Route via Verbier:

      Pre-Trip Meeting: Meet your guide(s) for a pre-trip briefing, equipment check and dinner. We will spend the night in a hotel in the Chamonix Valley.

      Day 1: We will take the 1st cable car to the Grand Montet (3300m), descent to the Argentiere Glacier (about 2700m) and ascend the glacier to the Argentiere hut(2770m=9085ft). A ski ascent of the Glacier des Amethystes to Col du Tour Noire (3535m) from the hut is possible. Avalanche training and general mountaineering skills will be covered during our first day. 170m = 560’ ascent, 650m = 2130’ descent, 4km, 2.5hrs.

      Day 2: After a short ski down the Argentiere Glacier we will ascend up to the Col du Passon (3028m), ski across the Glacier du Tour and up to the Col Superieur du Tour (3289m).  From here we will ski across the border into Switzerland and down the Glacier du Trient (3090m). A short 80m climb will bring us to the lovely Cabane du Trient (3170m) where we will spend the night. 1000m = 3300’ ascent, 600m = 2000’ descent, 10km, 6hrs.

      Day 3: We will start by doing a partial descent down the Glacier du Trient to 2700m. An ascent of Aiguille du Tour (3540m) is possible from here. Then a short climb up to the Col des Ecandies (2796m) followed by a long descent down the Val d’Arpette to the quint village of Campex sur le Lac (1500m). From here we will take a 30 minute taxi ride to Verbier where we will spend the night. We will be lodging in town with the opportunity to buy lunch food etc. for the next few days. 100m = 330’ ascent, 1800m = 6000’ descent, 8km, 3hrs.

      Day 4:We will catch the first lift to the Col des Gentianes (2894m) above Verbier. From here we will travel along the south side of Mont Fort via Col de la Chaux (2940m) and Col de Momin (3020m) on our way to Cabane de Prafleuri (2624m). An ascent to the summit of Rosablanche (3336m) is possible along the way. 850m = 2800’ ascent, 1100m = 3600’ descent, 9km, 6hrs.

      Day 5: We will start by a short climb to the Col des Roux (2804m) above the hut. From here we will descend and contour around Lac des Dix to the Pas de Chat (2385) and ascend to Cabane des Dix (2928m). After dropping off excess gear at the hut we will make an ascent of La Luette (3548m) and enjoy a great ski descent back to the hut. 1340m = 4400’ ascent, 1040m = 3500’ descent, 9km, 7hrs.

      Day 6:From the Cabane des Dix we will ascend the Glacier de Cheilon towards the Col de la Serpentine (3547m) and eventually to the summit of Pigne d’Arolla (3790m). From here an amazing ski descent will take us down to the stunning Cabane des Vignettes (3160m). 900m = 2950’ ascent, 650m = 2200’ descent, 7km, 6hrs.

      Day 7: The last day of the Haute Route showcasing the famous 3 Col traverse is arguably the best day of the whole trip! From the Vignettes hut to Zermatt we will travel through heaps of glaciated terrain via Col de l’Eveque (3392m), Col du Mont Brulee (3213m) and Col de Valpelline (3568m). We will then ski a long run down the Zmutt Glacier underneath the impressive North Face of the Matterhorn to eventually arrive in Zermatt. There we will celebrate and spend our last night in a hotel. 1140m = 3700’ climb, 2700m = 8860’ decent, 25km, 8 hrs.

      Last Morning: Group breakfast and individual travel back home.


      The “Classic” Haute Route via Valsorey:

      Pre-Trip Meeting: Meet with your guide(s) for a pre-trip briefing, equipment check and dinner. We will spend the night in a hotel in the Chamonix Valley.

      Day 1: We will take the 1st cable car to the Grand Montet (3300m), descent to the Argentiere Glacier (about 2700m) and ascend the glacier to the Argentiere hut(2770m=9085ft). A ski ascent of the Glacier des Amethystes to Col du Tour Noire (3535m) from the hut is possible. Avalanche beacon and general mountaineering skills will be covered during our first day. 170m = 560’ climb, 650m = 2130’ descent, 4 km, 2.5 hrs.

      Day 2: Climb up to the Col Du Chardonnet (3323m), ski down to Switzerland. Climb back up to the Fenetre de Saleina (3267m). Ski down the upper Trient glacier to the Refuge du Trient (3240m). 1000m = 3300’ climb, 550m = 1800’ descent, 10km, 6 hrs.

      Day 3: Descent on the steep lower Trient Glacier to the Fenetre des Chamois (2985m), through and down the other side steeply to Val d’Arpette and eventually the little village of Champex (1470m). 1570m = 5150’ descent, 9 km, 3 hrs. Taxi Ride from Champex to Bourg St. Pierre (30 min) and lodging in town with an opportunity to buy lunch food etc. for the next few days.

      Day 4: After an early start, we will ascend through the lovely Valsorey to the Valsorey Hut (3037m = 9960ft.), 1400m = 4600’ climb, 8km, 7 hrs.

      Day 5: A steep climb to the Plateau du Couloir (3664m) leads to a magnificent descent on the Durrand Glacier towards the Lac de Mauvoisin and back up to the Refuge Chanrion (2460m=8070ft). 940m = 3090’ climb, 1510m = 4950’ descent, 12km, 7 hrs.
      Note: This is one of the crux days on the classic haute route which requires both good snow stability and stable weather. Itinerary may be re-routed through Verbier if these conditions are not optimal.

      Day 6: A ski ascent of the Glacier Brenay to the summit of the stunning Pigne d’Arolla (3800m = 12500ft) offering great views of the entire traverse. Descent to the Cabane Vignette (3185m=10450ft). 1330m = 4360’ climb, 640m = 1340’ descent, 10km, 7 hrs.

      Day 7: The famous 3 Col Traverse is probably the best day of the whole trip! Via Col de l’Eveque (3392m), Col de Mont Brulee (3213m) and Col de Valpelline (3568m) and a long, glaciated descent underneath the impressive North Face of the Matterhorn all the way into Zermatt. There we will spend our last night in a hotel. 1120m = 3675’ climb, 2670m = 8760’ decent, 25km, 8 hrs.

      Last Morning: Group breakfast and individual travel back home.

      Prerequisites

      This is an intermediate to advanced program.  Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on previous experience and ability.  Prior experience with Summit Mountain Guides is an asset as it helps you anticipate the difficulty and style of our program. Please contact us to discuss your specific ski background.

      Equipment

      Click here for Equipment list

      Weather

      Spring mountain weather in the Alps can vary wildly from -15C to +10C in the day . Visibility may be poor with whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change within the day.

      Location

      The group will be meeting with the guide in Chamonix the day before the trip start. We will go over last minute equipment issues, review the planed itinerary and update you with present conditions.

      Services Included

      • Pre-trip planning support for skiing, accommodation bookings, travel route
      • Fully certified IFMGA guide service and guide costs
      • All mountain hut fees on the tour with Breakfast and Dinners (half board)
      • guide lift costs (Grand Montets gondola in Argentiere or Furi lift to Zermat
      • guide hotel night costs: Chamonix/Argentiere pre-trip, mid trip valley lodging & Zermatt at end of trip
      • Taxi transfer from Champex to Verbier / Bourg St-Pierre by bus or taxi
      • guides costs for 1 valley hut night: Champex (Verbier variation) or Bourg St-Pierre including Breakfast, mid way through trip
      • guide travel cost back to Chamonix
      • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)
      • Use of technical equipment: Harnesses, rope, carabiners
      • Alternative plan based on current conditions

      Not included in price:

      • Personal ski touring clothing & ski equipment including skis, skins, poles, ski crampons, ski tour boots
      • technical equipment including boot crampons, avalanche transceivers, shovels and probes *rentals available
      • Transportation and lodging costs prior to meeting
      • 2-3 Hotel nights; Chamonix/Argentiere pre-trip (72 chf/night), Arolla Hotel(Verbier Variation)(70-100chf) mid trip & Zermatt (65-90euro/night) at end of trip, including Breakfast
      • Dinner in Chamonix/Argentiere, Arolla for Verbier variation and Zermatt pre/post trip
      • Lunch, alcohol & snacks in the valley/ at huts
      • (please ensure you have cash in currency to cover these expenses, many huts may not accept credit)
      • guest Grand Montet Lift fee in Argentiere, L’aiguille du Midi lift for Valley Blanche day trip option, Col des Gentians lift on Verbier variation
      • The Furi lift to Zermatt if snow cover prevents from skiing down
      • Luggage transfer from Chamonix Valley to Zermatt on day 1, $90 Cdn / 60E per bag
      • Trip cancellation, adventure travel & rescue insurance, medical insurance
      • Any additional lifts, train & taxi costs related to a plan change
      • Gratuities for guide or assistant

      FAQ

      Alpine Ski-touring or Telemark gear? Which should you use?

      If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier should you use Telemark gear.

      Spring skiing the high alpine of the European Alps offers variable snow conditions. On one particular run things may go from perfect powder to challenging breakable crust and or variable wind affected snow.  When compounded, the variable snow conditions, the long ski touring days and the large day packs all call towards the use of an easier skiing set up like alpine touring.

      The Haute Route provide a fantastic mountain travel experience. The skis become a travelling medium in the greater goal of getting from A to B. Alpine touring makes for fast and efficient travel hence contributing to a safer and more successful experience.

      Nelson & Rossland Area

      Selkirk, Monashee and Purcell Mountains, B.C. Backcountry Day Ski Touring

      Discover the legendary powder, diverse terrain and consistently deep snow found in the mountains around Nelson, Rossland and Kaslo. Expand your avalanche and mountain knowledge while backcountry skiing with a seasoned local guide.

      Our day trips take place in the stunning backcountry of the Monashee, Selkirk and Purcell Mountains.  Whether you are a beginner or advanced skier we offer trips based on your skiing background.  Our low guest to guide ratio maximize a safe and personal backcountry ski touring experience. Individuals and groups welcome!

      Here are a few local classics.

      Nelson & Whitewater Backcountry

      The Whitewater ski resort is a little gem known for its deep powder and easy access to a great variety of backcountry ski touring. It is located in the Selkirk mountains and is a 20 minute drive from the vibrant ski town of Nelson BC.

      The backcountry terrain in this area is varied and accessible. The road to the resort and the ski lifts provide a speedy access to varied day touring options in four different valleys. The terrain provides a good mixture of open tree skiing and alpine bowls and interesting ski peaks. Some of the day tours we offer including Ymir Peak, Five mile basin, Kutetl creek, Qua creek & Evening ridge.

      Rossland & Red Mountain Backcountry

      The Rossland area offers fantastic lift and road access backcountry powder ski touring. It is a 1 hour drive west of Nelson. The dynamic ski resort at Red mountain, is a mere 10 minutes from Rossland and allows for quick access to enjoyable touring terrain and great vistas. 

      It is infamous for outstanding tree skiing along with a consistently deep snowpack. The area offers a variety of possible tours, ridges and peaks for the keen ski tourer visiting the area. Some of the areas to explore include Record Ridge, Whitewolf Ridge, Mount Roberts and Kirkup.

       

      Kootenay Pass

      At 1780m, perched between the snowy little towns of Salmo and Creston, Kootenay Pass is the highest road accessible mountain pass in British Columbia. It is an hour away from the ski towns of Nelson & Rossland.

      Kootenay Pass offers a great variety of day touring options in five different valleys. Here we will ski some of the best tree skiing in the southern Selkirks along with fantastic sub-alpine ridges boasting a great variety of open terrain. There are even some interesting ski peaks for those interested. This classic West Kootenay venue is a must for all visiting ski tourers.

      Mount Brennan & London Ridge

      Highway 31A between Kaslo and New Denver gives quick access to some of the bigger alpine ski tours in the area. The trail-head for these tours is reached by driving 1.5 hours north of Nelson.

      Both Mt Brennan and London Ridge offer vast and stunning alpine terrain, fantastically long ski descents and some of the most impressive local mountain scenery. While London ridge offers various day tour options Mount Brennan is a long day or a fun 2 days trip. To optimize your experience, these tours are best done in the Spring when the days longer, the snowpack deeper and temperatures warmer.

      Itinerary

      • Meet your guide at 7:00 or 7:30 am at predetermined location, sign waivers & check gear
      • Drive up to ski touring destinations (either skin up from the car or take the ski resort lift)
      • Full day programs, back from last run one hour before sunset; half day programs wrap up shortly after lunch.

      Prerequisites

      Programs are beginner to advanced for touring routes, however guests need to have intermediate to advanced ski or boarding skills already (able to ski blues or blacks at hill).  Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of tour would suit you best.

      Equipment

      Click Here for Equipment List

      Weather

      Kootenay weather can vary drastically.  In winter you expect temperatures to be from -15C to –5C in the day while in spring daily temperatures could rise well above zero.  Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change within the day. 

      Location

      All the ski touring venues in this section are located with-in an hour drive from Nelson. Depending on your preferences and the ski touring area you are interested-in, suitable accommodation can be found in Nelson, Rossland, Kaslo & New Denver.

      You will be meeting with your guide the evening before the trip starts or morning of,  for a final gear check. We will go over last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions) and logistic for the following day(s). We will also sign a liability waiver.

      Services Included

      • Pre-trip planning support
      • Fully certified IFMGA guide service
      • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

      Not included in price:

      • Lunch, snacks
      • GST 5% tax
      • Personal ski touring boots, skis, skins or snow board set up
      • personal avalanche safety equipment *SMG rentals available $25/day for beacon ($15), shovel ($5) & probe ($5)
      • Transportation to touring location
      • lift fee if applicable, one way Whitewater fee is $21 plus tax, Red Mtn fee is $25 for SMG guests
      • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

      FAQ

      Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

      Summit Mountain Guides has a limited amount of winter safety equipment available for rental. Contact us for availability. Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

      Rivers Oceans and Mountains in Nelson 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
      Valhalla Pure Outfitters in Nelson 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca
      Gericks in Nelson 354-4622 www.gericks.com
      High Performance Rentals at Red Mountain 250-362-7384

      Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

      Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented in Nelson prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

      Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

      Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an advanced-intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

      Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. We recommend this system to advanced snowboarder over snowshoeing.

      Roger’s Pass Ski Tours

      Deservedly well known and yet still full of surprises...

      Located in the heart of the Selkirk Mountains, along highway # 1 between Golden and Revelstoke, Rogers pass is the classic road side ski touring destination in western Canada. It boasts an incredible variety of tours ranging from high-glaciated ascents to fantastic alpine descents along with outstanding tree skiing. 

      Roger’s Pass offers a deep and reliable snow pack along with relatively easy access. There are countless unique venues in the many ski touring accessible valleys nearby.This world-class venue must be experience by everyone who enjoys backcountry skiing.

      Every winter season, from mid-December to April, Summit Mountain Guides offers day to multi-day ski touring trips at Rogers Pass. Because this destination is road accessible, it is possible to do various trip length. To fully appreciate this extensive ski touring mecca, we recommend a minimum of 3 to 4 days. 

      Itinerary

      A typical ski touring days at Rogers Pass is long, arduous and rewarding. Depending on the tour selection, we will on average ski between 4000 and 6000 vertical feet (up and down!) per day. Below you will find a sample itinerary for day backcountry ski touring in Rogers Pass. This itinerary is bound to change as the weather, daylight hours & avalanche conditions evolve during the season.

      Sample Day Ski Touring itinerary:

      • Meet your guide at 7:30 am at predetermined location, sign waivers and check gear
      • Drive to ski touring destinations
      • Enjoy a full day of backcountry ski touring with lunch in the mountains
      • Back from last run one hour before sunset.
      • Celebrate and start again the next day!

      Here are some Rogers Pass classic day trips:

      • Connaught Creek area: Grizzly Shoulder, Balu Pass, 8812 peak, Little Sifton & Hermit Meadows.
      • Illecilleweat Glacier area: Avalanche crest, Sir Donald Col, Perly rocks, North Terninal peak, Lookout notch & Youngs peak.
      • Asulkan Valley area: Dome glacier,  Asulkan glacier, Sapphire col, Asulkan pass & Youngs peak.
      • Loop Brook area: Lily glacier, Bonney glacier & Bonney trees.
      • Bostock Creek area: Bostock pass, Farm pass, McGill pass, McGill shoulder & Ursus creek.

      Prerequisites

      This is an intermediate to advanced ski touring program. Prior day backcountry ski touring experience with a minimum of intermediate downhill skills is required. Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of tour would suit you best.

      Equipment

      Day_Ski_Touring_Equipment_List.pdf

      Weather

      The Selkirk Mountain weather can vary drastically.  In winter you expect temperatures to be from -20C to –7C in the day while in spring daily temperatures could rise above zero.  Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change within the day. 

      Location

      This trip is based at Rogers Pass in Canada’s Glacier National Park. Rogers Pass is a high mountain pass in South Eastern British Columbia along HWY #1. It is 1hr drive East of Revelstoke and 1 & 1/2 hr drive West of Golden. For Day & multi-Day trips, suitable accommodation can be found at Rogers Pass, in Revelstoke and in Golden. For overnight backcountry trips, it is possible to stay in a backcountry cabin. The Alpine Club of Canada maintains a few well located mountain huts in Glacier National Park.

      You will be meeting with your guide the evening before the trip starts for a final gear check. We will go over last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions) and logistic for the following day(s). We will also sign a liability waiver.

      Services Included

      • Pre-trip planning support
      • Fully certified IFMGA guide and /or ACMG Ski guide service
      • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

      Not included in price:

      • Lunch, snacks or main meals if on overnight trip
      • GST 5% tax
      • Personal ski touring boots, skis, skins or splitboard
      • personal avalanche safety equipment *SMG rentals available $25/day for beacon ($15), shovel ($5) & probe ($5)
      • Transportation to touring location
      • any overnight Wilderness Passes if at Wheeler Hut or Asulkan
      • National Park visitor pass for vehicle
      • additional charges due to changes in itinerary or ski location, guest must cover also additional guide costs (extra travel/accom/food expense)
      • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance
      • Hut based programs, additional charges for guide wage, guide(s) pre-night hotel stay ,  hut fee, wilderness fee, guide food, guest backcountry meals, 2nd guide costs, admin costs depending on level of organization involved

      FAQ

      Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

      Summit Mountain Guides has a limited amount of winter safety equipment available for rental. Contact us for availability. Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson, Revelstoke and Golden that supply good service, quality outdoor equipment and gear rental. Please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

      Nelson:

      Rivers Oceans and Mountains: (250) 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
      Valhalla Pure Outfitters: (250) 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca
      Gericks: (250) 354-4622 www.gericks.com

      Revelstoke:

      Valhalla Pure Outfitters: (250) 837 5517 www.shop.vpo.ca

      Golden:

      180 Mountain Sports: (250)344-4699 www.180golden.com
      Selkirk Source for Sports: (250) 344-2966

      Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

      Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

      Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

      Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an advanced-intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

      Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. We recommend this system to advanced snowboarder over snowshoeing.

      Lake Louise Ski Tours

      Ski Touring in the heart of the Canadian Rockies...

      Located in the heart of Banff National Park, the town of Lake Louise is surrounded by the stunning Canadian Rockies. Famous for its well-preserved natural beauty, this area also offers some fantastic alpine and glaciated ski touring with possible ski mountaineering ascents.

      Due to the cold temperatures and a long winter season, It is best to visit this area from mid Winter to late Spring. Whether you are interested in ski touring or ski mountaineering, Summit Mountain Guides offers various day & multi-day programs in this area from February to mid May.

      Itinerary

      A typical ski touring days in the Canadian Rockies is long, arduous and rewarding. Depending on the tour selection, we will on average ski between 4000 and 6000 vertical feet (up and down!) per day. Below you will find a sample itinerary for day backcountry ski touring in the Canadian Rockies. This itinerary is bound to change as the weather, daylight hours & avalanche conditions evolve during the season.

      Sample Day Ski Touring itinerary:

      • Meet your guide at 7:30 am at predetermined location, sign waivers and check gear
      • Drive to ski touring destinations
      • Enjoy a full day of backcountry ski touring with lunch in the mountains
      • Back from last run one hour before sunset.
      • Celebrate and start again the next day!

      Here are some Canadian Rockies classic day trips:

      • Bow Summit area: Observation Mountain, Cirque Peak, Crowfoot Mountain, Mount Jimmy Simpson, Dolomite Pass & Mosquito creek area.
      • Lake Louise area : Fairview Mountain, Suprise Pass, Mount Hector, Popes Shoulder & Divide creek.
      • Yoho park & Field area: Mount Field, Mount Ogden, Cathedral Mountain.
      • Kootenay parkway area: Storm Mountain, The Burn.

      Prerequisites

      This is an intermediate to advanced ski touring program. Prior day backcountry ski touring experience with a minimum of intermediate downhill skills is required. Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of tour would suit you best.

      Equipment

      Click Here for Equipment List

      Weather

      The Rocky Mountain weather is generally cold and dry.  In winter you expect temperatures to be from -25C to –10C in the day while in spring daily temperatures could rise to zero.  Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change within the day. 

      Location

      The Ski Touring objectives on this trip are located in Banff and Yoho National Parks. For Day & multi-Day trips, suitable accommodation can be found at Lake Louise, in Field and in Golden. The town of Lake Louise is the ideal base location. For overnight backcountry trips, it is possible to stay in a backcountry cabin. The Alpine Club of Canada maintains a few well located mountain huts in Banff and Yoho National Parks.

      You will be meeting with your guide the evening before the trip starts for a final gear check. We will go over last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions) and logistic for the following day(s). We will also sign a liability waiver.

      Services Included

      • Pre-trip planning support
      • Fully certified IFMGA guide and /or ACMG Ski guide service
      • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

      Not included in price:

      • Personal ski and avalanche safety equipment
      • Meals, lunches & accommodation while on the trip
      • gst tax
      • National Park visitor pass
      • Lifts fees to access the backcountry if applicable
      • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance
      • Hut based programs, additional charges for guide wage, guide(s) pre-night hotel stay ,  hut fee, wilderness fee, guide food, guest backcountry meals, 2nd guide costs, admin costs depending on level of organization involved

      FAQ

      Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

      Summit Mountain Guides has a limited amount of winter safety equipment available for rental. Contact us for availability. Here are a few outdoor stores in Canmore, Banff, Lake Lousie & Golden that supply good service, quality outdoor equipment and gear rental. Please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

      Canmore:

      Valhalla Pure Outfitters: (403) 678-5610 www.shop.vpo.ca

      Banff:

      Monod Sports: (403) 762-4571 www.monodsports.com

      Lake Louise:

      Wilson Mountain Sports: (866) 929-3636 www.lakelouisewilsons.com

      Golden:

      Selkirk Source for Sports: (250) 344-2966

      Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

      Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

      Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

      Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an advanced-intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

      Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. We recommend this system to advanced snowboarder over snowshoeing.

      Heli-Access Ski Tours

      The ultimate way to access Backcountry ski touring…

      Get the most out of your ski holiday in the Kootenays by flying directly into the backcountry.  Start your day with an exciting run down a remote peak, followed by many more untracked powder descents with fantastic views. Enjoy being far from crowds while ski touring an exclusive mountain area for the day. Discover the legendary powder, diverse terrain and consistently deep snow found in the mountains of the Nelson area. 

      Throughout the winter months, Summit Mountain Guides offers Heli Drop ski touring programs in the Selkirk’s, Purcell’s and Monashee mountains of south-eastern British Columbia. Our regular programs are based out of beautiful Nelson and Kaslo BC and include countless venues for you to explore. By leaving all the logistics and safety to our expert team, you will maximize your skiing holiday. Programs are geared towards moderate to advanced ski tourers.

      Itinerary

      The itinerary on this program will vary depending on proximity and accessibility of the chosen heli access ski touring area. We will typically meet at 07:30 in the morning and carpool to a staging area with-in an hours drive of Nelson. After a quick Heli briefing and final condition check, we will fly into an exclusive back country playground for a full day of ski touring. We will enjoy a minimum of 4 quality descents and 3 arduous ascents while skiing upwards of 5000 vertical feet. Depending on the program, we will either fly back or ski out to civilization in time for a well earned shower and timely Dinner.

      Prerequisites

      Prior backcountry skiing experience with intermediate to advanced ski touring ability required.

      Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and what kind of tour would suit you best.

      Equipment

      Click Here for Equipment List

      Weather

      Kootenay weather can vary drastically.  In winter you expect temperatures to be from -15C to –5C in the day while in spring daily temperatures could rise well above zero.  Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change within the day. 

      Location

      We will be flying into the backcountry from a staging area close to our ski touring location. Most staging areas this program are located with-in an hour drive from Nelson. You will be meeting with your guide the evening before the trip starts for a final gear check. We will go over last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions) and logistic for the following day(s). We will also sign a liability waiver.

      Depending on your preferences and the ski touring area you are interested-in, suitable accommodation can be found in Nelson, Kaslo & New Denver.

      Services Included

      • Pre-trip planning support
      • Fully certified IFMGA and / or ACMG guide service
      • Helicopter charges are split up by the group*
      • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kits, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

      Not included in price:

      Not included in price:

      • Lunch, snacks
      • GST 5% tax
      • Personal ski touring boots, skis, skins or snow board set up
      • personal avalanche safety equipment *SMG rentals available $25/day for beacon ($15), shovel ($5) & probe ($5)
      • Transportation to touring location
      • additional helicopter costs if group numbers change
      • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

      FAQ

      Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

      Summit Mountain Guides has a limited amount of winter safety equipment available for rental. Contact us for availability. Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

      Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
      Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca
      Gericks   354-4622 www.gericks.com

      Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

      Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented in Nelson prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

      Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

      Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an advanced-intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

      Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. We recommend this system to advanced snowboarder over snowshoeing.

      Kootenay Powder Package

      Backcountry Touring Powder Package at Whitewater or Red Mountain, West Kootenay Ski Gems

      Looking to explore beyond the ski area boundaries?  This unique ski & snowboarding program will give you a chance to enjoy one day warming up at Whitewater Ski Resort or Red Mountain Ski Resort and a second day backcountry touring. Enjoy getting the one way lift up to the alpine ridge, from there earn your powder turns skinning up and touring down on beginner to advanced routes.  Safely explore the well known Whitewater and/or Red Mountain backcountry with an experienced professional ski guide.

      The two day powder package is well suited for various levels of backcountry skiers or boarders. For day 1 enjoy your turns on your own at the ski resort to warm up your ski legs. On day two, enjoy the amazing powder beyond the lines. Ski with an experience ski guide who has local knowledge and years of experience in the area. Enjoy the best Whitewater Backcountry and Red Mountain Backcountry has to offer and be safe while learning from a skilled guide.

      Itinerary

      • Day 1 Enjoy your skiing at Whitewater or Red Mountain Ski Hill, purchase your ticket at the hill or get from your accommodation provider
      • Pick up your touring & backcountry gear that evening in preparation for your guided day.
      • Day 2 meet your guide at 7:30 am, at predetermined location, sign waivers & check gear
      • Drive up or carpool to Whitewater or Red Mountain Ski Hill, do a thorough avalanche training with group, enjoy the one way lift up up to ridge top, tour from here
      • Return from last run one hour before sunset.

      Prerequisites

      Programs are beginner to advanced, however guests need to have intermediate to advanced ski or boarding skills already (able to ski blues or blacks at hill). 

      Guests are responsible to self evaluate their ski skills and share prior backcountry touring experience so we can match appropriately. Contact us to discuss your background.

      Equipment

      Click Here for Equipment List

      Weather

      Kootenay weather can vary drastically.  In winter you expect temperatures to be from -15C to –5C in the day while in spring daily temperatures could rise well above zero.  Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change within the day. 

      Location

      All the ski touring venues in this section are located from Whitewater Ski Resort. You will be meeting with your guide the morning of,  for a final gear check. We will go over last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions) and logistic for the following day(s). We will also sign a liability waiver.

      Services Included

      • Pre-trip planning support
      • Fully certified IFMGA guide service on day 2 touring day
      • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

      Not included in price:

      • lift fee for resort day
      • one way lift fee for touring day, $25 value
      • personal avalanche safety equipment *SMG rentals available for beacon, shovel & probe, $25/day
      • Personal ski touring boots, skis, skins or snow board set up
      • Lunch, snacks
      • GST 5% tax
      • Transportation to touring location
      • gratuities
      • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

      FAQ

      Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

      Summit Mountain Guides has a limited amount of winter safety equipment available for rental. Contact us for availability. Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson and Rossland that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

      Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
      Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca
      Gericks   354-4622 www.gericks.com
      High Performance Rentals at Red Mountain 250-362-7384

      Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

      Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented in Nelson prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

      Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

      Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an advanced-intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

      Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. We recommend this system to advanced snowboarder over snowshoeing.

      Berner Oberland

      This UNESCO world heritage site is renowned for it large glaciers and iconic summits...

      This area of the Bernise Alps is located just south of Grindelwald, Switzerland, home of the famous Eiger north face.

      Bernise Alps offers the most extensive glaciations in the Alps along with consistently deeper snow pack. The peaks here are high, iconic and aesthetic for ski touring and ski mountaineering.

      This trip is ideal for intermediate to advanced ski touring experience. Our 8 day programs with 6 days ski touring are available from mid-April to mid-May.

       

      Itinerary

      Day 1: Meet with your guide(s) for trip briefing, equipment check and dinner. We will spend the night in a Grindelwald Hotel.

      Day 2: Train to Jungfraujoch, 3500m ski down to 3200m on the JungfrauFirn; up to Touriohorn NE face to 3700m ; down Kran Berfirn to Grosser Aletsch Firn to 2800m then up to Hollandia Hutte at 3240m.

      Day 3: Up the Abeniflue Firn to Abeni Flue at 3950m; ski down to Grosser Aletshfirn to Concordia Hutte at 2850m.

      Day 4: Up the Gross Grunhorn at 4060m then contiinue over to the Finsteraarhorn Hut at 3050m.

      Day 5: Climb Agassizhorn at 3900m or Finterarhorn 4300m and ski back to Finsteraarhorn Hutte.

      Day 6: Climb Gross Wannenherd at 3950m and/or Wysnollen at 3600m then back to Finsteraarhorn Hutte.

      Day 7: Ski to Vordgalmihorn at 3520m and down a long 2000m run via the Bachital Valley to Gluringen for taxi or train to Brig, pick up stored luggage and overnight at hotel.

      Day 8: Group breakfast and individual travel back home.

      Prerequisites

      This is an intermediate to advance program.  Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability. 

      Prior experience with Summit Mountain Guides helps you anticipate the difficulty and style of our program. It is an asset. Please contact us to discuss your background.

      Equipment

      Click here for Equipment list

      Weather

      Spring mountain weather in the Alps can vary wildly from -15C to +10C in the day . Visibility may be poor with whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change within the day.

      Location

      The group will be meeting with the guide in Grindelwald the day before the trip start. We will go over last minute equipment issues, go over last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions) and logistic for the following day(s). We will also sign a liability waiver.

      Services Included

      • Pre-trip planning support for travel route, accomodation, pretrip skiing ideas
      • Fully certified IFMGA guide service
      • All hut fees with Breakfast and Dinners
      • Guide expenses of travel, accommodation, lift
      • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)
      • Alternative plan based on current conditions

      Not included in price:

      • Lunch, alcohol & snacks
      • Personal ski touring & technical equipment, see equipment list, some gear available for rental
      • Dinner in Grindelwald & Brig are not included
      • 2 Hotel nights; Grindelwald & Brig, including Breakfast
      • group Luggage transfer from Grindelwald to Brig
      • Train fee up to the famous Jungfraujoch above Grindelwald
      • Train costs from Gluringen to Brig at the end of our trip
      • Transportation and lodging costs prior to meeting
      • Any additional lifts, train & taxi costs for guests and guide related to a plan change
      • Trip cancellation, adventure travel & rescue insurance, medical insurance
      • gratuities for guide or assistant

       

      FAQ

      Alpine Ski-touring or Telemark gear? Which should you use?

      If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier should you use Telemark gear.

      Spring skiing the high alpine of the European Alps offers variable snow conditions. On one particular run things may go from perfect powder to challenging breakable crust and or variable wind affected snow.  When compounded, the variable snow conditions, the long ski touring days and the large day packs all call towards the use of an easier skiing set up like alpine touring.

      The Berner Oberland provide a fantastic mountain travel experience. The skis become a travelling medium. Alpine touring makes for fast and efficient travel hence contributing to a safer and more successful experience.

      Monte Rosa Ski Peaks

      Often dubbed the Italian Haute Route, this area offers an outstanding cluster of high ski mountaineering peaks...

      Located near Zermatt, the Monte Rosa massif contains several challenging ski-mountaineering summits including the highest peak in Switzerland, Dufour Spitz 4634m.

      This area offers great skiing on big relief with high broken glaciers and peak ascents requiring basic mountaineering skills. This trip is ideal for intermediate to advance ski mountaineers. This 9 day program with 7 days of ski touring is available from mid-April to mid-May.

      Itinerary

      Day 1: 4pm meeting with your guide(s) for trip briefing, equipment check and dinner. We will spend the night in a Zermatt Hotel.

      Day 2: After an early Taxi ride to Saas Fee and a lift ride above the village, we will make a ski ascent of Allalinhorn(4027m) and eventually make our way to the Britannia hut(3030m) for a few nights.

      Day 3: We will make a ski ascent of Strahlhorn (4190m) and return to the Britania hut (3030m).

      Day 4: From the Britannia hut (3030m) we will make a ski ascent of Alphubel (4206m) and ski back down to Saas Fee. We will then take a taxi back to Zermatt and our hotel.

      Day 5: After an early morning cable car ride to the Klein Matterhorn (3800m), we will make a ski ascent of the Breithorn (4164m) and ski down to the Guide d’Ayas Hut (3425m) on the Italian side of Monte Rosa.

      Day 6: We will attempt an ascent of either Castor peak (4226m) or Pollux peak (4069m). Afterward, we will ski back to Switzerland via the Schwaxtor glacier and make our way up to the Monte-Rosa Hut (2795m) for a few nights.

      Day 7: We will attempt a ski ascent of Dufourspitze (4634m), the highest peak in Switzerland, and return to the Monte-Rosa Hut (2795m).

      Day 8: After ascending to the summit of Zumsteinspitze (4563m), we will enjoy a long descent back to Zermatt and our last evening together.

      Day 9: Group breakfast and individual travel back home.

      Prerequisites

      This is an advanced program.  Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability. 

      Previous experience with Summit Mountain Guides is an asset and helps you anticipate the difficulty and style of our program. Please contact us to discuss your specific ski background.

      Equipment

      Click here for Equipment list

      Weather

      Spring mountain weather in the Alps can vary wildly from -15C to +10C in the day . Visibility may be poor with whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days.  Ensure you are dressed for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change within the day.

      Location

      The Monte Rosa Ski Peaks are located near Zermatt and Saas-Fee along the Swiss/Italian Border in the Swiss Alps. The most convenient way to get to Zermatt is by a 3.5 hour train ride from the Geneva International Airport.

      The group will be meeting with the guide in Zermatt the day before the trip start. We will go over equipment, last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions),  logistics for the following day(s) and sign a liability waiver.

      Services Included

      The services marked *** are included in the deluxe inclusive package; for the basic program guests will cover their own costs on those services.

      • Pre-trip planning support for travel route, accomodation
      • Fully certified IFMGA guide service and guide costs
      • Taxi fee to Saas Fee return
      • All hut fees with Breakfast and Dinners
      • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)
      • Alternative plan based on current conditions

      Not included in price:

      • Lunch, alcohol & snacks
      • Personal ski touring & technical equipment
      • 3 Hotel nights in Zermatt including Breakfast
      • Lift to the Klein Matterhorn
      • Dinners while in Zermatt are not included
      • Extra charges for single room while lodging in the Valley
      • Transportation and lodging costs prior to meeting
      • Any additional lifts, train & taxi costs related to a plan change
      • Trip cancellation, adventure travel & rescue insurance, medical insurance

      FAQ

      Alpine Ski-touring or Telemark gear? Which should you use?

      If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier should you use Telemark gear.

      Spring skiing the high alpine of the European Alps offers variable snow conditions. On one particular run things may go from perfect powder to challenging breakable crust and or variable wind affected snow.  When compounded, the variable snow conditions, the long ski touring days and the large day packs all call towards the use of an easier skiing set up like alpine touring.

      The Monte Rosa Massif provide a fantastic mountain travel experience. The skis become a travelling medium. Alpine touring makes for fast and efficient travel hence contributing to a safer and more successful experience.

      Jumbo Glacier Traverse

      Solitude & dreamy ski peaks in the hearth of the fabled Jumbo wild...

      An advanced tent based ski traverse at the headwaters of the well named Jumbo & Glacier creeks in the Purcell Mountains. This 7 day trip links together the Horseshoe Glacier, Jumbo Pass, the Starbird Glacier and the Macbeth Icefield in one continuous high-level circuit.

      This trip is a real Canadian adventure featuring many fine ski touring summits, a large icefield crossing and several broken glaciers. Many long and fantastic descents and peak bagging opportunities await the most experience ski tourers. For optimal conditions this traverse is best skied in mid April.

      Itinerary

      Contact us for more info

      Prerequisites

      This is an advance ski traverse. Prior overnight backcountry ski touring experience, preferably winter camping, and a minimum of advanced downhill skiing skills are required. Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and options.

      Equipment

      Jumbo_Glacier_equipment_list.pdf

      Weather

      The weather in Southeastern BC can vary drastically, specially in the Spring time.  In Winter you can expect day time temperatures ranging from -15C to –10C while in Spring daily temperatures could rise well above freezing. Overnight temperatures will often dip below 20C, even in the Spring. Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days. Ensure you are dressed and equipped for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change rapidly.

      Location

      This trip is located in the Purcell Mountains of Southeastern British Columbia about 50km West of Invermere BC. You will be meeting with your guide the evening before the trip starts for a final gear check. We will go over last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions) and logistic for the following days. We will also sign a liability waiver.

      Services Included

      • Pre-trip planning support
      • Fully certified IFMGA guide and /or ACMG Ski guide service
      • Helicopter Access
      • All Breakfasts and Dinners while on the trip
      • Tents, Group shelter and Cooking equipment for winter camping
      • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

      Not included in price:

      • individual lunches, snacks
      • GST 5% tax
      • Personal ski touring boots, skis, skins or splitboard
      • personal avalanche safety equipment *SMG rentals available $25/day for beacon ($15), shovel ($5) & probe ($5)
      • Transportation to meeting location
      • additional charges to due changes in itinerary or group number
      • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

      FAQ

      Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

      Summit Mountain Guides has a limited amount of winter safety equipment available for rental. Contact us for availability. Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

      Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
      Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca
      Gericks   354-4622 www.gericks.com

      Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

      Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented in Nelson prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

      Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

      Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an advanced-intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

      Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. We recommend this system to advanced snowboarder over snowshoeing.

      Backcountry Basecamp

      Fly into an exclusive ski touring paradise, explore new terrain far from the crowds...

      This remote, tent based, backcountry trip is ideal for those looking at ski touring in seldom visited terrain far from the crowds. It is an exciting heli access program similar to a ski traverse however, here you will enjoy skiing with a light day pack while touring from a well located camp site. 

      This year, our backcountry base camp will be in the Freshfield Icefieilds near Banff National Park. This area offers exciting glacier and ski mountaineering alpine terrain, numerous high alpine ski peaks along with some tree skiing. Join us on this exclusive adventure and discover a touring paradise while skiing with a small group. The average yearly snowpack in this area exceeds 4 meters!

      Itinerary

      The main goal on this program is to have a much fun as possible while skiing a variety of terrain and submitting remote alpine peaks..

      We will try tailor the program to meet the guests skiing interests while considering the weather and avalanche conditions.

      Here is a sample itinerary:

      • Pre-Trip meeting; Participants will meet the guide(s) at 4pm in Golden, BC before the trip starts. We will go over last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions) and logistic for the following days. We will also sign a liability waiver and do an avalanche beacon exercise
      • Day 1; We will fly to the South boundary of Banff National Park near the Freshfield Icefields at 07:00 AM. Our first day will involved setting up camp and skiing as much a possible
      • Day 2-6; We will do various day trips from our basecamp location. We will ski various glaciers and peaks and explore various valley in the area
      • Day 6; On the last day, we will be back in camp at 4pm in time for our short flight back to Golden

      Prerequisites

      This is an intermediate to advance ski program. Prior overnight backcountry ski touring experience, preferably winter camping, and a minimum of intermediate to advanced backcountry skiing skills is required.

      Guests are responsible to self evaluate their skills as groups need to be matched together based on prior experience and ability.  Please contact us to discuss your background and options.

      Equipment

      Click here for the Equipment_List.pdf

      Weather

      The Canadian Rockies weather can vary drastically, specially in the Spring time.  In Winter you can expect temperatures to be from -20C to –10C in the day while in Spring daily temperatures could rise well above zero. Overnight temperatures will often dip below -20C, even in the Spring. Visibility may be poor or whiteout conditions when snowing heavily or clear on bluebird days. Ensure you are dressed and equipped for all variations as temperatures, wind and precipitation can change rapidly.

      Location

      This trip is located on the Freshfield icefield in the Canadian Rockies in the Western section of Banff National Park along the BC Alberta border. You will be meeting with your guide the evening before the trip starts in Golden for a final gear check. We will go over last minute changes (weather & avalanche conditions) and logistic for the following days. We will also sign a liability waiver.

      Services Included

      • Pre-trip planning support
      • Fully certified IFMGA guide and /or ACMG Ski guide service
      • Helicopter Access to Basecamp and back to Golden
      • All Breakfasts and Dinners while on the trip
      • Tents, Group shelter and Cooking equipment for winter camping
      • Group safety equipment (communication device, rescue kit, first aid supplies, GPS, maps)

      Not included in price:

      • individual lunches, snacks
      • GST 5% tax
      • Personal ski touring boots, skis, skins or splitboard
      • personal avalanche safety equipment *SMG rentals available $25/day for beacon ($15), shovel ($5) & probe ($5)
      • Transportation to meeting location
      • additional charges to due changes in itinerary or group number
      • Trip cancellation, adventure travel insurance, medical insurance

      FAQ

      Where can I rent Ski touring and safety equipment?

      Summit Mountain Guides has a limited amount of winter safety equipment available for rental. Contact us for availability. Here are a few outdoor stores in Nelson that supply good service and quality outdoor equipment and gear rental, please ensure you rent gear well in advance.

      Rivers Oceans and Mountains 354-2056 www.roamshop.com
      Valhalla Pure Outfitters 354-1006 www.shop.vpo.ca
      Gericks   354-4622 www.gericks.com

      Skis, Telemark or Split Boards?

      Which should you use? If you are a downhill skier then you should use Alpine Touring gear. Only if you are already an advanced Telemark skier or Snowboarder should you bring Telemark or Split Board gear. All types of gear can be rented in Nelson prior to your day trip.  There are three types of backcountry systems you can use:

      Alpine Touring skis are essentially downhill skis with a special touring binding which allows the heel to lift whilst going uphill or across the flats and then ‘locks down’ to become a regular downhill safety binding. We recommend this system to anyone with a background of downhill skiing who is not already an advanced telemark skier. 

      Telemark skis. These should only be used for this program if you are at least an advanced-intermediate telemark skier with some backcountry experience. This system is more difficult and less forgiving than the others.

      Snowboarding with a Split Board is the most effective way to snowboard in the back country. We recommend this system to advanced snowboarder over snowshoeing.